WO2015013977A1 - Method and equipment for configuring signal transmission mode of wireless communication system - Google Patents

Method and equipment for configuring signal transmission mode of wireless communication system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015013977A1
WO2015013977A1 PCT/CN2013/080705 CN2013080705W WO2015013977A1 WO 2015013977 A1 WO2015013977 A1 WO 2015013977A1 CN 2013080705 W CN2013080705 W CN 2013080705W WO 2015013977 A1 WO2015013977 A1 WO 2015013977A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
transmission mode
tti
information
tti set
transmission
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2013/080705
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
周明宇
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2013/080705 priority Critical patent/WO2015013977A1/en
Priority to CN201380002669.8A priority patent/CN104521301B/en
Publication of WO2015013977A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015013977A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a method and apparatus for configuring a signal transmission mode of a wireless communication system.
  • UE User Equipment
  • UE user equipment
  • UE User Equipment
  • a spatial multiplexing (SM) method to transmit and receive signals to improve the transmission rate, and Guarantee transmission reliability.
  • SM spatial multiplexing
  • the base station and the UE use a Transmit Diversity (TD) method or a single layer transmission method to transmit and receive signals to ensure transmission. reliability.
  • TD Transmit Diversity
  • the base station sends a dynamic control signaling to the UE to configure a transmission mode to indicate that the base station and the UE transmit and receive signals between the base station and the UE within the current transmission time interval (TTI).
  • TTI transmission time interval
  • the transmission mode corresponding to the transmission mode is adopted. Since each TTI base station sends signaling to configure the transmission mode, the channel load is increased.
  • the base station configures a transmission mode for the UE by sending semi-static configuration signaling, and uses the transmission mode with the UE in all TTIs before the base station sends the next semi-static configuration signaling.
  • the transmission mode is to send and receive signals.
  • the base station needs to frequently send the semi-static configuration signaling, so that the channel load increases, and the role of the semi-static configuration signaling is further reduced.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for configuring a signal transmission mode of a wireless communication system. Methods and equipment to reduce the signaling overhead and channel load caused by configuring the transmission mode.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for configuring a signal transmission manner of a wireless communication system, including:
  • the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes.
  • the first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs that have interference with the UE that is higher than a preset value
  • the second set of TTIs is a set of TTIs that have interference with the UE that is lower than the preset value, and the determined The reliability of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is higher than the first transmission mode;
  • the first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs for transmitting a first amount of data
  • the second set is a set of TTIs for transmitting a second amount of data, where the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold value,
  • the second data amount is smaller than the threshold, and the determined transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined reliability of the second transmission mode is higher than the first transmission mode.
  • the TTI set that is higher than the preset value of the UE is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal to the second network device whose transmit power is higher than the first network device, where the interference to the UE is lower than the preset
  • the set TTI set is a TTI set in which the second network device does not send a downlink signal, where the first network device is a network device that sends the semi-static configuration signaling to the UE;
  • the determined first transmission The mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing, and the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a transmission of up to 8 layers;
  • the TTI set that is higher than the preset value by the UE is a TTI set of inter-device direct communication D2D between the network devices, and the interference between the UEs is low.
  • the TTI set of the preset value is a non-interactive backhaul information between the network devices or a TTI set that is not D2D;
  • the determined first transmission mode is a transmission mode of single layer transmission or large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD transmission. Mode, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode does not support coordinated multi-point transmission/reception CoMP, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single antenna port, and the determined second transmission mode is spatial multiplexing in which the transmission mode is greater than one layer.
  • the transmission mode is either a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is supported by CoMP, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing.
  • the information of the at least one TTI set includes a periodic TTI set
  • the information of the periodic TTI set includes a period of the set of periodic TTIs and an offset of TTIs in the set of periodic TTIs.
  • the method further includes:
  • the method further includes: determining a third transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set and a fourth transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set, where the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are different; the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode In the uplink transmission mode, the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are For the uplink transmission mode;
  • the method further includes: transmitting, by the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information to the UE And the fourth transmission mode information.
  • the third ⁇ set, the fourth ⁇ set, and the first ⁇ set and the second ⁇ set partially overlap.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a method for configuring a signal transmission mode of a wireless communication system, including: receiving a semi-static configuration signaling sent by a network device, where the semi-static configuration signaling carries a first transmission time interval ⁇ set At least one of the information and the second set of information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, where the first transmission mode is a transmission corresponding to the first set of the determined by the network device a mode, where the second transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the second set determined by the network device, where the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different;
  • the signal is transmitted using the corresponding transmission mode.
  • the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are an uplink transmission mode, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission The mode is the downlink transmission mode.
  • the first set of ⁇ is a UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling Intersecting a set of ⁇ higher than a preset value, where the second set of ⁇ is a set of ⁇ that is less than the preset value of the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling, and determining the first transmission mode
  • the reliability is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is higher than the first transmission mode; or, the first set of ⁇ is a set of ⁇ for transmitting the first data amount
  • the second set is a set of ⁇ for transmitting a second amount of data, where the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold, the second amount of data is less than the threshold, and the first Transmission mode transmission efficiency is higher than In the second transmission mode, the determined reliability of the second transmission mode is higher than the first transmission mode.
  • the TTI set that is higher than the preset value of the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal that is higher than the network device of the network device, and the pair receives the semi-static
  • the TTI set with the interference of the UE configured with the signaling being lower than the preset value is a TTI set whose transmission power is higher than the network device of the network device that does not send the downlink signal;
  • the determined first transmission mode is a single transmission mode a transmission mode of the closed-loop spatial multiplexing of the layer, where the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a transmission of up to 8 layers; or the interference of the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is high
  • the TTI set of the preset value is a TTI set of the interactive backhaul information between the network devices, and the TTI set that is less than the preset value of the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is not between the network devices.
  • the determined first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is single layer transmission or large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD, or the transmission mode is not supported Coordinated multi-point transmission/reception CoMP transmission mode, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single antenna port, and the determined second transmission mode is a spatial multiplexing transmission mode in which the transmission mode is greater than 1 layer, or a transmission mode Supports the transmission mode of CoMP, or the transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing.
  • the information of the at least one TTI set includes information of a periodic set of TTIs, where the information of the periodic set of TTIs includes a period of the set of periodic TTIs and a bias of the TTIs in the set of periodic TTIs. Transfer amount.
  • the information of the periodic set of TTIs includes a period of the set of periodic TTIs and a bias of the TTIs in the set of periodic TTIs. Transfer amount.
  • the method further includes: performing, according to the semi-static configuration signaling, the one TTI Collecting information, determining the first Another set of information in the TTI set information and the second set of information.
  • the method further includes:
  • the initial transmission of data is performed by using a transmission mode in the first transmission mode
  • the initial transmission of data is performed by using a transmission mode in the second transmission mode
  • the semi-static configuration signaling further carries at least one of the third set information and the fourth set information, and the third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission mode information.
  • the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, where The third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes;
  • the third transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set determined by the network device
  • the fourth transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set determined by the network device
  • the third transmission mode is different from the fourth transmission mode.
  • the third TTI set, the fourth TTI set, and the first TTI set and the second TTI set partially overlap.
  • the second aspect or any of the first to tenth possible implementation manners in an eleventh possible implementation manner of the second aspect,
  • the signal is transmitted by using the corresponding transmission mode, including: determining, according to the at least one TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, a TTI set to which the TTI used to transmit the signal belongs; The TTI to transmit the signal belongs to the first set of TTIs, and the first transmission mode is used to transmit the signal on the TTI for transmitting the signal; if the TTI used to transmit the signal belongs to the second TTI set And transmitting the signal in the second transmission mode on the TTI for transmitting the signal.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a network device for configuring a signal transmission mode of a wireless communication system, including: a transmission mode determining unit, configured to determine a first transmission mode and a second TTI set corresponding to a first transmission time interval TTI set Corresponding second transmission mode, where the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different;
  • the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode determined by the transmission mode determining unit are an uplink transmission mode, or the first The transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes.
  • an intersection between the first TTI set and the second TTI set is 0.
  • the first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs that have a higher interference to the UE than a preset value
  • the second set of TTIs is a set of TTIs that have interference with the UE that is lower than the preset value
  • the first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs for transmitting a first amount of data
  • the second set is a set of TTIs for sending a second amount of data
  • the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold value
  • the second data amount is less than the threshold value
  • the transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode determined by the transmission mode determining unit is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined reliability of the second transmission mode is determined. Higher than the first transmission mode.
  • the TTI set that is higher than the preset value of the UE is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal to the second network device whose transmit power is higher than the first network device, where the interference to the UE is lower than the preset
  • the set TTI set is a TTI set in which the second network device does not send a downlink signal, where the first network device is a network device that sends the semi-static configuration signaling to the UE; the transmission mode determining unit determines
  • the first transmission mode is a closed-loop spatial multiplexing transmission with a single transmission mode
  • the mode, the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a transmission of up to 8 layers; or the TTI set in which the interference to the UE is higher than a preset value is an interactive backhaul information between network devices.
  • the TTI set of the D2D is directly communicated between the user equipments, and the TTI set that is lower than the preset value by the UE is a non-interactive backhaul information between the network devices or a TTI set that is not D2D;
  • the first transmission mode determined by the transmission mode determining unit is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single layer transmission or a large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode does not support coordinated multipoint transmission/reception CoMP, or
  • the determined second transmission mode is a spatially multiplexed transmission mode with a transmission mode greater than 1 layer, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode supports CoMP, or the transmission mode is space.
  • the signaling sending unit sends the information by semi-static configuration signaling
  • the information of the at least one TTI set includes information of a periodic set of TTIs, where the information of the periodic set of TTIs includes a period of the set of periodic TTIs and a bias of the TTIs in the set of periodic TTIs. Transfer amount.
  • the network device further includes: an activation unit, Transmitting, by the semi-static configuration signaling, the at least one TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the After the second transmission mode information, sending the activation signaling to the UE, after the UE receives the activation signaling, according to the information of the at least one TTI set, and the first transmission mode information and The second transmission mode information, in a TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set, transmits a signal by using a corresponding transmission mode.
  • the network device further includes: a first data receiving unit, Receiving, by the UE, data that is initially transmitted by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode in the first TTI set, and performing decoding; a first indication unit, configured to send, to the UE, a first indication that the data is retransmitted by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode, if the decoding fails;
  • the first data unit is further configured to receive data that is retransmitted by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode by the UE according to the first indication sent by the first indication unit, and perform decoding; or
  • the network device further includes: a second data receiving unit, configured to receive, by the UE, the data that is initially transmitted by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode in the second TTI set, and perform decoding; Transmitting, to the UE, a second indication that the data is retransmitted by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode;
  • the second data unit is further configured to receive data that is retransmitted by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode by the UE according to the second indication sent by the second indication unit, and perform decoding.
  • the transmission mode determining unit is further configured to determine a third TTI set Corresponding third transmission mode and a fourth transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set, where the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are different; the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, where the The third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes;
  • the sending unit is further configured to send, by using the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information, to the user equipment UE.
  • the method further includes: sending, by the semi-static configuration signaling, the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information to the UE At least one TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission mode information.
  • the third TT set, the fourth TTI set, and the first TTI set and the second TTI set partially overlap.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment, including: a configuration signaling receiving unit, configured to receive semi-static configuration signaling sent by a network device, where the semi-static configuration signaling carries a first TTI set information and At least one TTI set information of the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, where the first transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the first TTI set determined by the network device, The second transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the second TTI set determined by the network device, where the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different; and a transmission unit, configured to receive, according to the configuration signaling unit At least one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information carried in the received semi-static configuration signaling, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, in the first TTI Within the TTI of the set and the second set of TTIs, the signals are transmitted using respective transmission modes.
  • a configuration signaling receiving unit configured to receive semi-static configuration signaling sent by a
  • the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried by the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit The corresponding first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes.
  • the configuration that is carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit at least one
  • the first TTI set is a TTI set that is higher than a preset value for the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling
  • the second TTI set is used to receive the semi-static configuration signaling.
  • the interference of the UE is lower than the TTI set of the preset value
  • the configuration signaling receiving unit receives the semi-static
  • the reliability of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode
  • the transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is high.
  • the first TTI set is used to send the first data volume.
  • the second set is a set of TTIs for transmitting a second amount of data
  • the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold
  • the second amount of data is less than the threshold
  • the configuration The first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the signaling receiving unit, the transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, where The reliability of the two transmission modes is higher than the first transmission mode.
  • the TTI set that is higher than the preset value of the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal that is higher than the network device of the network device, where the pair The TTI set of the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling with the interference lower than the preset value is a TTI set whose transmission power is higher than that of the network device of the network device, and the downlink signal is not sent;
  • the configuration signaling receiving unit receives In the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling, the first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing, and the second transmission The mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a transmission of up to 8 layers; or, in the at least one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit, the pair receives the half The TTI set of the UE with static configuration signaling higher than the
  • the TTI set of the preset value is a TTI set of the non-interactive backhaul information between the network devices; the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit
  • the first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single layer transmission or a large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode does not support coordinated multipoint transmission/reception CoMP, or the transmission mode is single.
  • a transmission mode of the antenna port, where the second transmission mode is a spatially multiplexed transmission mode in which the transmission mode is greater than one layer.
  • the transmission mode supports CoMP transmission mode, or the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing transmission mode.
  • the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit includes a periodic set of TTI information, where the information of the periodic TTI set includes a period of the set of periodic TTIs and a set of the periodic TTIs The offset of the TTI.
  • the configuration signaling receiving unit receives the semi-static configuration information
  • the transmitting unit is further configured to: according to the one of the two TTI sets carried in the semi-static configuration signaling, the TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information
  • the aggregated information determines another TTI set information in the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information.
  • the user equipment further includes: an activation signaling receiving unit, After receiving the semi-static configuration signaling sent by the network device, the configuration signaling receiving unit receives the activation signaling sent by the network device, and the transmitting unit is configured to receive according to the activation signaling receiving unit.
  • the activation signaling is performed by using a corresponding transmission mode in the TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set.
  • the transmitting unit is further configured to: in the first TTI In the set, the first transmission of the data is performed by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode; and receiving, by the network device, a first indication that the data is retransmitted by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode; Retransmitting data by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode according to the received first indication; or, the transmission unit is further configured to:
  • the first transmission of the data is performed by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode; and the second transmission by the network device by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode for retransmission of data is received. Instructing; according to the received second indication, performing retransmission of data by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode.
  • the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit And carrying at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission mode information;
  • the first transmission mode and The second transmission mode is an uplink transmission mode
  • the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes
  • the third transmission mode is The fourth transmission mode is an uplink transmission mode
  • the third transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set determined by the network device
  • the fourth transmission mode is the fourth determined by the network device
  • the TTI sets a corresponding transmission mode, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are different.
  • the transmission unit is specifically configured to:
  • the information determines a TTI set to which the TTI used to transmit the signal belongs; if the TTI used to transmit the signal belongs to the first TTI set, transmitting the signal in the first transmission mode on the TTI used to transmit the signal And if the TTI for transmitting the signal belongs to the second TTI set, transmitting the signal by using the second transmission mode on the TTI for transmitting the signal.
  • a fifth aspect of the present invention provides a network device, including:
  • the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode determined by the processor are an uplink transmission mode, or the first transmission mode And the second transmission mode is a downlink transmission mode.
  • the first TTI set and the second TTI set The intersection between them is 0.
  • the first TTI set and the second TTI set The intersection between them is 0.
  • the first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs that have interference with the UE that is higher than a preset value
  • the second set of TTIs is a set of TTIs that have interference with the UE that is lower than the preset value
  • the first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs for transmitting a first amount of data
  • the second set is a set of TTIs for sending a second amount of data, where the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold value
  • the second data volume is less than the threshold value
  • the transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode determined by the processor is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined reliability of the second transmission mode is higher than Said The first transmission mode.
  • the TTI set that the interference of the UE is higher than the preset value is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal to the second network device whose transmit power is higher than the first network device, where the interference to the UE is lower than the preset.
  • a TTI set of values is a TTI set in which the second network device does not send a downlink signal, where the first network device is a network device that sends the semi-static configuration signaling to the UE;
  • the first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing, and the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a transmission of up to 8 layers; or the
  • the TTI set with the interference higher than the preset value is the TTI set of the D2D for the inter-device direct communication between the network devices, and the TTI set of the inter-device direct communication between the user equipments.
  • the first transmission mode determined by the processor is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is single layer transmission or large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD, or the transmission mode does not support cooperation.
  • the information of the at least one TTI set includes information of a periodic set of TTIs, where the information of the periodic set of TTIs includes a period of the set of periodic TTIs and an offset of TTIs in the set of periodic TTIs. .
  • the transmitter is further configured to perform signaling through semi-static configuration Transmitting, by the user equipment UE, at least one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, to the UE Activating signaling, after the UE receives the activation signaling, according to the The information of the at least one TTI set, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, are transmitted in a corresponding transmission mode in the first set and the second set.
  • the network device further includes:
  • a first receiver configured to receive data that is initially transmitted by the UE in the first set of transmissions by using a transmission mode in the first transmission mode
  • the processor is further configured to decode data that is initially transmitted by the UE that is received by the first receiver;
  • the transmitter is further configured to send, to the UE, a first indication that data is retransmitted by using a transmission mode in the first transmission mode, if the processor fails to decode;
  • the first receiver is further configured to receive data that is retransmitted by the UE according to the first indication sent by the transmitter by using a transmission manner in the first transmission mode;
  • the processor is further configured to decode data retransmitted by the UE received by the first receiver;
  • the network device further includes:
  • a second receiver configured to receive data that is initially transmitted by the UE in the second set of transmissions in a second transmission mode
  • the processor is further configured to decode data that is initially transmitted by the UE that is received by the second receiver;
  • the transmitter is further configured to send, to the UE, a second indication that the data is retransmitted by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode, if the processor fails to decode;
  • the second receiver is further configured to receive data that is retransmitted by the UE according to the second indication sent by the transmitter by using a transmission manner in the second transmission mode;
  • the processor is further configured to decode data retransmitted by the UE received by the second receiver.
  • the processor is further configured to determine a third transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set and a fourth transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set, where the third transmission mode and the fourth The transmission mode is different; the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are a downlink transmission mode, where the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes; the transmitter is further configured to send, by using the semi-static configuration signaling, the third TTI set information and the The at least one TTI set information in the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission mode information, further includes: sending the third to the UE by using the semi-static configuration signaling At least one of TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission mode information.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment for configuring a signal transmission mode of a wireless communication system, including: a receiver, configured to receive semi-static configuration signaling sent by a network device, where the semi-static configuration signaling carries a At least one of the TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, where the first transmission mode is the first TTI set determined by the network device Corresponding transmission mode, the second transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the second TTI set determined by the network device, where the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different; The first carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver
  • At least one of the TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, are sent in the TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set An indication of the transmission mode of the corresponding transmission mode; the receiver is further configured to receive the signal by using a corresponding transmission mode according to the indication of the processor; And a transmitter, configured to send a signal according to the indication of the processor by using a corresponding transmission mode.
  • the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information that are carried by the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver
  • the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes.
  • the at least one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver is The intersection between the first TTI set and the second TTI set is zero.
  • the at least one TTI carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver In the set information, the first TTI set is a TTI set whose interference to the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is higher than a preset value, and the second TTI set is used to receive the semi-static configuration signaling.
  • the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver are lower than the preset TTI set, and the first transmission mode is The reliability is higher than the second transmission mode, and the transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is higher than the first transmission mode; or the at least one TTI carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver
  • the first TTI set is a TTI set for transmitting a first data quantity
  • the second set is a TTI set for sending a second data quantity, where the first data quantity is greater than or equal to a threshold Value, the second number
  • the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver are higher than the threshold, and the transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode is higher than the In the second transmission mode, the reliability of the second transmission mode is higher than the first transmission mode.
  • the at least one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal that is higher than the network device of the network device, and the pair receives the semi-static
  • the TTI set of the UE configured with signaling lower than the preset value is higher than the transmit power
  • the network device of the network device does not send the TTI set of the downlink signal; the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver, the first transmission mode
  • the transmission mode is a single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing transmission mode, and the second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a transmission of up to 8 layers; or the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver is carried in the transmission mode.
  • the TTI set that is higher than the preset value of the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is a TTI set of the interactive backhaul information between the network devices, where the receiving station
  • the TTI set of the UE with the semi-static configuration signaling being lower than the preset value is a TTI set of the non-interactive backhaul information between the network devices; the first part carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver
  • the first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single layer transmission or a large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD, or is a transmission side.
  • the transmission mode of the coordinated multi-point transmission/reception CoMP is not supported, or the transmission mode is a transmission mode of a single antenna port, and the second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing of more than one layer, or is a transmission mode. Supports the transmission mode of CoMP, or the transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing.
  • the receiver is configured to carry the semi-static configuration signaling
  • the information of the at least one TTI set includes information of a periodic set of TTIs, where the information of the periodic set of TTIs includes a period of the set of periodic TTIs and a bias of the TTIs in the set of periodic TTIs. Transfer amount.
  • the receiver when the receiver receives the semi-static configuration signaling carrying
  • the processor is further configured to: according to the information of one TTI set of the two TTI sets carried by the semi-static configuration signaling, when the TTI set information and the second TTI set information are used. And determining another TTI set information in the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information.
  • the receiver is further configured to send the half sent by the network device After statically configuring the signaling, receiving the activation signaling sent by the network device;
  • the processor is further configured to: according to the activation signaling received by the receiver, instruct the receiver and the transmitter to adopt corresponding in a TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set
  • the transmission mode transmits signals.
  • the receiver and the transmitter are further configured to perform, in the first TTI set, the initial transmission of data by using a transmission mode in the first transmission mode;
  • the receiver is further configured to receive a first indication sent by the network device to perform retransmission of data by using a transmission manner in the first transmission mode;
  • the processor is further configured to: according to the first indication received by the receiver, instruct the receiver and the transmitter to perform retransmission of data by using a transmission mode in the first transmission mode; or
  • the receiver and the transmitter are further configured to perform, in the second TTI set, the initial transmission of data by using a transmission mode in the second transmission mode;
  • the receiver is further configured to receive a second indication sent by the network device to perform retransmission of data by using a transmission mode in the second transmission mode;
  • the processor is further configured to, according to the second indication received by the receiver, instruct the receiver and the transmitter to perform retransmission of data by using a transmission mode in the second transmission mode.
  • the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver further carries at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information and the fourth Transmission mode information; the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are a downlink transmission mode, where the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes;
  • the third transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set determined by the network device
  • the fourth transmission mode is a transmission corresponding to the fourth TTI set determined by the network device In the transmission mode, the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are different.
  • the third TTI set information carried by the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver, and the In the at least one TTI set information in the fourth TTI set information, the third TTI set, the fourth TTI set, and the first TTI set and the second TTI set partially overlap.
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • the seventh aspect of the present invention is to provide a computer program product, including a computer readable medium, the readable medium, on the TTI for transmitting a signal, indicating that the receiver and the transmitter transmit the signal by using the second transmission mode.
  • the method and the device for configuring the signal transmission mode of the wireless communication system are configured to configure at least two transmission modes for the UE by using a semi-static configuration signaling, and the TTI sets corresponding to different transmission modes are different, so that the network device can send the UE to the TTI in different TTIs.
  • the signaling of the DCI format corresponding to the transmission mode corresponding to the TTI set of the TTI is used to schedule the UE to transmit the signal by using the transmission mode corresponding to the signaling, thereby effectively reducing the signaling overhead caused by the configuration transmission mode, and reducing the signaling overhead.
  • Channel load increases configuration efficiency.
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a method for configuring a signal transmission manner of a wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a scenario of a method for configuring a method for transmitting a signal of a wireless communication system according to another embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is another scenario of a method for configuring a signal transmission mode of a wireless communication system according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a D2D scenario of a method for configuring a method for transmitting a signal of a wireless communication system according to another embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 5 is a video service scenario of a method for configuring a signal transmission mode of a wireless communication system according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a method for configuring a signal transmission manner of a wireless communication system according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device configured to configure a signal transmission manner of a wireless communication system according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment for configuring a signal transmission manner of a wireless communication system according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a method for configuring a signal transmission manner of a wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method shown in this embodiment is an operation flow on the network device side.
  • the network device can be a base station (BS), an access point (AP), a remote radio equipment (RRE), a remote radio head (RRH), and a remote radio unit. (Remote Radio Unit, RRU), relay node, etc.
  • the relationship between the standby and the cell is not limited, and may be one network device corresponding to one or more cells, or one cell corresponding to one or more network devices.
  • the method for configuring a signal transmission mode of a wireless communication system by a network device specifically includes:
  • Step 11 Determine a first transmission mode corresponding to the first transmission time interval (TTI) set and a second transmission mode corresponding to the second TTI set, where the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different.
  • TTI transmission time interval
  • the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode may be an uplink transmission mode, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode may be a downlink transmission mode.
  • the TTI set of the downlink transmission is a set of TTIs that the network device sends to the UE and the UE receives the signal of the network device.
  • the TTI set of the uplink transmission is a set of TTIs that the UE uses to send signals to the network device and the network device receives the signals of the UE.
  • the network device may divide the TTI set of the uplink transmission, for example, classify the TTIs with better channels into a set such as the TTI set A, and classify the TTIs with strong interference or poor channel into one set.
  • TTI set B then configure one transmission mode a for TTI set A, and another transmission mode b for TTI set B, to transmit uplink signals in the transmission mode of transmission mode a in the TTI in TTI set A, in the TTI set.
  • the TTI in B transmits the uplink signal by using the transmission mode in the transmission mode b.
  • the network device may divide the TTI set of the downlink transmission, such as classifying the better TTIs of the channel into a set such as the TTI set C, and classifying the TTIs with strong interference or poor channel into a set such as TTI.
  • Set D then configure a transmission mode c for the TTI set C, and configure another transmission mode d for the TTI set D, so that the TTI in the TTI set C transmits the downlink signal in the transmission mode in the transmission mode c, in the TTI set D.
  • the TTI transmits the downlink signal by using the transmission mode in the transmission mode d.
  • Mode 1 Model 10 Mode 10 (Model0), as shown in Table 1.
  • Table 1 Physical downlink control channel downlink control information corresponds to a physical downlink control channel
  • Mode 1 (Mode 1) DCI format 1A single antenna port
  • Mode 2 (Mode 2) DCI format 1A Transmit Diversity
  • Mode 3 (Mode 3) DCI format 1A Transmit Diversity
  • CDD Delay Diversity
  • Mode 4 DCI format 1A Transmit Diversity
  • DCI format 2 closed-loop spatial multiplexing or transmit diversity
  • Mode 5 (Mode 5) DCI format 1A Transmit Diversity
  • MIMO Multiple Output
  • Mode 6 (Mode 6) DCI format 1A Transmit Diversity
  • Mode 7 DCI format 1A single antenna port or transmit diversity
  • Mode 8 DCI format 1A single antenna port or transmit diversity
  • Mode 9 DCI format 1A single antenna port or transmit diversity
  • DCI format 2C Up to 8 layers of transmission or single antenna port Mode 10 (Mode 10) DCI format 1A Single antenna port or transmit diversity
  • each transmission mode corresponds to two PDCCHs in the downlink control information (DCI) format. And corresponding to at least one PDSCH transmission mode.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the DCI is information that is sent by the network device to the UE and is used to schedule the UE to send or receive signals according to the indication of the information.
  • the PDCCH is a general term for the signal that the network device sends the DCI.
  • Different PDSCH transmission methods require different types of DCI information, including modulation coding scheme (Modulation and Coding Scheme, MCS) Information, precoding information, transmission layer number information, etc., and corresponding to different formats of DCI, such as DCI format 1, DCI format 2, etc. shown in Table 1.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • the preferred transmission mode suitable for the environment can be flexibly adopted to ensure the stability and reliability of the transmission.
  • the UE1 is in the cell center, the channel condition is good, and the network device is It can be configured with a transmission mode Mode9 or ModelO to support up to 8 layers of transmission, thus improving transmission efficiency while ensuring reliability.
  • the network device can configure the transmission mode Mode6 for the network, and send the PDSCH to the UE by using the diversity or single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing mode to ensure the reliability of the transmission.
  • the network device When the network device sends the DCI to the UE to schedule the UE to receive the PDSCH, the network device sends the DCI to the UE in the TTI numbered n, and sends the PDSCH corresponding to the TTI in other resources of the TTI.
  • the UE first detects the DCI in the TTI, and detects the PDSCH on the corresponding resource according to the DCI after detecting, so that the data sent by the network device is received.
  • the two DCI formats corresponding to each transmission mode include DCI format 1A, so that the UE can detect some common PDSCH signals. These common PDSCH signals are usually broadcasted to all UEs, that is, the network devices only send once.
  • the uplink transmission mode includes two types, where Mode 1 only allows the UE to transmit the PUSCH through a single antenna port, and Mode 2 allows the UE to transmit the PUSCH by using closed-loop spatial multiplexing, thereby obtaining more stable or faster data transmission.
  • the network device sends the DCI to the UE in the TTI with the number n, and the UE first detects the DCI in the TTI, and after detecting the TTI, the TTI is numbered n+4, and the PUSCH is sent on the corresponding resource according to the DCI. .
  • the network device receives the PUSCH transmitted by the UE according to the DCI in the TTI numbered n+4.
  • the transmission mode determined by the network device for the TTI set of the uplink transmission may be the transmission mode in Table 2
  • the transmission mode determined for the TTI set of the downlink transmission mode may be the transmission mode in Table 1.
  • the first TTI set is a TTI set with a higher interference to the UE than a preset value
  • the second TTI set is a TTI set with interference to the UE that is lower than the preset value
  • the first set of TTIs may be a set of TTIs for transmitting a first amount of data
  • the second set may be a set of TTIs for transmitting a second amount of data, where the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold value, The second data amount is less than the threshold, and the determined transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined reliability of the second transmission mode is higher than the first Transfer mode.
  • the TTI set that is higher than the preset value of the interference of the UE is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal to a second network device whose transmit power is higher than the first network device, where the interference to the UE is low.
  • the TTI set of the preset value is a TTI set in which the second network device does not send a downlink signal, where the first network device is a network device that sends the semi-static configuration signaling to the UE;
  • the first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing, and the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a transmission of up to 8 layers;
  • the TTI set that is higher than the preset value by the UE is a TTI set of inter-device direct communication D2D between the network devices, and the interference between the UEs is low.
  • the TTI set of the preset value is a non-interactive backhaul information between the network devices or a TTI set that is not D2D;
  • the determined first transmission mode is a transmission mode of single layer transmission or large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD transmission. Mode, or for transmission mode does not support coordinated multipoint transmission/reception
  • the transmission mode of the CoMP, or the transmission mode of the single antenna port, the determined second transmission mode is a spatial multiplexing transmission mode with a transmission mode greater than 1 layer, or a transmission mode supporting a CoMP transmission mode.
  • the transmission mode is spatially multiplexed.
  • the determined first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, and further determines a third transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set and a fourth transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set, and the determined third transmission
  • the mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes.
  • one of the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode includes a spatially multiplexed transmission mode greater than one layer, and the other transmission mode includes a single layer transmission or a transmission mode of a large delay CDD.
  • the spatial multiplexing transmission mode of more than one layer includes any one of Mode 4, Mode 5, Mode 8, Mode 9, and Model O.
  • Layer transmission or large delay CDD transmission modes include Model (single layer transmission), Mode2 (single layer transmit diversity), Mode3 (large delay CDD), Mode6 (single layer spatial multiplexing), or Mode7 (single layer transmission).
  • the transmission mode can better resist the strong interference environment and ensure good transmission reliability.
  • one of the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode is a CoMP-supported transmission mode (ie, ModelO), and the other transmission mode is a CoMP-free transmission mode (ie, other transmission modes other than ModelO); ModelO can support CoMP technology, which has high transmission efficiency and can avoid strong interference through coordination or joint scheduling between network devices.
  • one of the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode includes a spatially multiplexed transmission mode, that is, Mode2, and the other transmission mode includes a single antenna port transmission mode, that is, a Model.
  • the specific effect is the same as the downlink transmission, as described below.
  • Step 12 Send, by the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information, to a user equipment (User Equipment, UE) And the second transmission mode information.
  • semi-static signaling example ia Access Control, MAC) letter
  • a certain TTI set includes a first TTI set and a second TTI set
  • the first TTI set includes TTIs numbered 3, 8
  • the second TTI subset includes a TTI other than the numbers 3 and 8 in one radio frame.
  • Other TTIs which can send information of the first TTI set and the second TTI set
  • the information of the first TTI set ie, the information of the TTIs numbered 3 and 8
  • the other TTIs are the second set of TTIs.
  • the first TTI set may be a TTI set of interaction backhaul information between network devices, or a TTI set that can be used for Device to Device (D2D) transmission, or another set of TTIs that may have strong interference.
  • the second set of TTIs is a set of other TTIs than the first set of TTIs.
  • the semi-static configuration signaling sent by the network device to the UE may include the TTI set of the uplink transmission or the TTI set of the downlink transmission, or may include the TTI set of the uplink transmission and the TTI set of the downlink transmission.
  • the semi-static configuration signaling When the semi-static configuration signaling includes the information of the TTI set of the uplink transmission, the semi-static configuration signaling further includes information about the transmission mode corresponding to the TTI set of the uplink transmission determined in step 11. In this way, the UE may use the TTI set corresponding to the TTI in the TTI of the uplink transmission before receiving the next static configuration signaling according to the information of the TTI set and the information of the transmission mode in the semi-static configuration signaling.
  • the transmission mode in the transmission mode uplinks the signal.
  • the semi-static configuration signaling includes information of the TTI set A and the TTI set B, and the network device determines the information of the transmission mode a corresponding to the TTI set A and the transmission mode b corresponding to the TTI set B, and the UE transmits the TTI in the uplink. If it is determined that the TTI of the transmitted signal belongs to the TTI set A or the TTI set B, if the TTI of the transmitted signal belongs to the TTI set A, the signal is transmitted by using the transmission mode in the transmission mode a, and if the TTI of the transmitted signal belongs to the TTI set B, The transmission mode in transmission mode b transmits a signal.
  • the semi-static configuration signaling When the semi-static configuration signaling includes the information of the TTI set of the downlink transmission, the semi-static configuration signaling further includes information about the transmission mode corresponding to the TTI set of the downlink transmission determined in step 11. In this way, the UE may use the TTI set corresponding to the TTI in the TTI of the downlink transmission before receiving the next static configuration signaling according to the information of the TTI set and the information of the transmission mode in the semi-static configuration signaling.
  • the transmission mode in the transmission mode downlinks the signal.
  • the semi-static configuration signaling includes information of the TTI set C and the TTI set D, and the network device determines the information of the transmission mode c corresponding to the TTI set C and the transmission mode d corresponding to the TTI set D, and the TTI of the downlink transmission of the UE.
  • the TTI of the received signal is determined to belong to the TTI set C or the TTI set D. If the TTI of the received signal belongs to the TTI set C, the signal is received by the transmission mode in the transmission mode c. If the TTI of the received signal belongs to the TTI set D, the TTI is used.
  • the transmission mode in transmission mode d receives the signal.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention further includes: determining a third transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set and a fourth transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set, the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission The mode is different; the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink a transmission mode, where the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes;
  • the method further includes: transmitting, by the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information to the UE And the fourth transmission mode information.
  • the UE may use the information corresponding to the TTI to which the TTI belongs in the TTI of the uplink transmission before receiving the next static configuration signaling according to the information of the TTI set and the information of the transmission mode in the semi-static configuration signaling.
  • the transmission mode in the transmission mode uplinks the signal.
  • the semi-static configuration signaling includes information of the TTI set A and the TTI set B, and the network device determines the information of the transmission mode a corresponding to the TTI set A and the transmission mode b corresponding to the TTI set B, and the UE transmits the TTI in the uplink.
  • the signal is transmitted by using the transmission mode in the transmission mode a, and if the TTI of the transmitted signal belongs to the TTI set B,
  • the transmission mode in the transmission mode b transmits a signal; in the TTI of the downlink transmission, the signal is downlink-transmitted by using a transmission mode in a transmission mode corresponding to the TTI set to which the TTI belongs.
  • the semi-static configuration signaling includes information of the TTI set C and the TTI set D
  • the network device determines the information of the transmission mode c corresponding to the TTI set C and the transmission mode d corresponding to the TTI set D, and the TTI of the downlink transmission of the UE. If it is determined that the TTI of the received signal belongs to the TTI set C or the TTI set D, if the TTI of the received signal belongs to the TTI set C, the signal is received by using the transmission mode in the transmission mode c, and if the TTI of the received signal belongs to the TTI set D, The transmission mode in transmission mode d receives the signal.
  • the third TT set, the fourth TTI set, and the first TTI set and the second TTI set partially overlap.
  • the TTI set transmitted as above and the TTI set of the downlink transmission may also be partially or completely identical. For example, if both the TTI set A and the TTI set D include the TTI numbered 4, the UE uses the transmission mode a if it receives an indication from the network device and transmits a signal in the TTI numbered 4. The next transmission mode transmits a signal; if receiving an indication from the network device and receiving a signal in the TTI numbered 4, the signal is received by the transmission mode in the transmission mode d.
  • the UE by sending a semi-static configuration signaling to the UE, the UE can be configured with at least two transmission modes, and the TTI sets corresponding to different transmission modes are different, so that the network device can send the TTI to which the TTI belongs to the UE in different TTIs.
  • the signaling of the DCI format corresponding to the corresponding transmission mode is set to schedule the UE to transmit the signal by using the transmission mode corresponding to the signaling.
  • different transmission modes can be adapted to different interference situations, respectively, thereby ensuring reliable transmission in a disturbance fluctuation environment.
  • configuring the transmission mode in the interference fluctuation environment by using a semi-static configuration signaling.
  • the configuration is always used until the next time the new TTI set information is sent to the UE.
  • the information can indicate long-term transmission configuration information to the UE through one information transmission, effectively reducing information overhead, reducing channel load, improving configuration efficiency, and making the role of semi-static configuration signaling more obvious.
  • the network device configures one of the transmission modes for each UE, the dynamic control signaling (ie, PDCCH) corresponding to the transmission mode is sent only to the UE, and only the transmission mode is used to send data or receive to the UE.
  • Data from the UE including downlink data (ie, PDSCH) and uplink data (ie, PUSCH).
  • the network device since the network device only configures one transmission mode, the network device only sends the DCI of the format corresponding to the transmission mode to the UEs, and the UE only needs to detect the DCI of the formats sent by the network device. For example, if UE3 is configured with Mode 1, UE3 only needs to detect DCI formats 1 and 1A sent by the network device, and does not need to detect DCI in other formats.
  • Hetogeneous Network HetNet
  • UE 1 is served by the first network device
  • UE2 is served by the second network device
  • the transmit power of the first network device and the second network device are different, assuming the first The network device is higher than the second network device, and the coverage of the two network devices is different.
  • the coverage of the first network device includes the coverage of the second network device, so that if the first network device sends a downlink signal to the UE1,
  • the downlink signal sent by the second network device to the UE2 causes strong interference; when the first network device does not send the downlink signal, the UE2 does not cause strong interference to the UE2, that is, the UE2 receives the signal sent by the second network device.
  • the interference fluctuates as the first network device transmits a signal.
  • UE2 is different in interference from the signal transmitted by the first network device at different times, so different times should be applied to different transmission modes.
  • UE2 For example, if UE2 is not subjected to strong interference, it is suitable for transmissions of up to 8 layers, so it is suitable for Mode 9 or 10; if UE2 is subjected to strong interference, it is applicable to a single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, that is, Mode 6. If the prior art is used, only one transmission mode is configured at a time, which increases the channel load and the burden on the network device, or the transmission efficiency is not high. If the technical solution provided in this embodiment is adopted, the network device can configure at least two transmission modes for the UE at one time.
  • the network device sends a data signal to the UE or receives the data signal sent by the UE in the first TTI set according to the transmission mode corresponding to the first transmission mode, and uses the second transmission mode in the second TTI set.
  • the transmission mode transmits a data signal to the UE or receives a data signal sent by the UE.
  • the first network device sends the PDSCH to the UE1 only in the first TTI set, and causes strong interference to the UE2, and the second network device can use the first transmission mode suitable for high interference (for example, Mode6).
  • the UE Communicating with the UE to transmit DCI to the UE in DCI format 1B, instructing UE2 to receive the PDSCH in a single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing transmission manner in the first TTI set; further, the first network device does not transmit the PDSCH in the second TTI set Therefore, the UE2 does not cause strong interference to receive the PDSCH sent by the second network device, and the second network device can communicate with the UE2 by using a second transmission mode (for example, Mode9 or 10) suitable for low interference, thereby adopting the DCI format.
  • the 2C sends a DCI to the UE2, instructing the UE2 to receive the PDSCH in a closed-loop spatial multiplexing transmission manner of up to 8 layers in the first TTI set.
  • the technical solution shown in this embodiment has the advantage that the network device configures at least two transmission modes for the UE-time, so that different transmission modes are used to communicate with the UE in different TTIs, so that the signal transmission and the interference environment corresponding to the TTI are transmitted.
  • the matching enhances the reliability of the transmission, and effectively reduces the load generated by the channel configuration mode of the network device, and improves the configuration efficiency of the transmission mode.
  • the single layer and the 8 layers are the number of transmission layers, and the number of transmission layers is the number of transmission layers representing the space.
  • SINR Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio
  • the intersection between the first TTI set and the second TTI set is 0.
  • the first TTI set transmitted as above does not overlap with the second TTI set, so that it is convenient to keep the complexity of the UE detecting DCI unchanged.
  • the UE detects the DCI at the TTI numbered n, and also receives the PDSCH in the TTI.
  • the UE performs up to 44 DCI detections.
  • the UE is configured with multiple transmission modes, for the same TTI, the UE only needs to detect the DCI corresponding to one transmission mode, and does not increase the UE for DCI detection. frequency. That is, the embodiment of the present invention maintains a transmission mode in the same TTI, and the UE still only needs to detect the DCI corresponding to one transmission mode, and the UE is for the same TTI while increasing the transmission mode that the UE can support. There is no need to increase the number of detected DCI formats, and thus there is no increase in the complexity of the UE detecting DCI.
  • the first TTI set is a TTI set with a higher interference to the UE than a preset value
  • the second TTI set is a TTI set with interference to the UE that is lower than the preset value
  • the TTI set that is higher than the preset value of the interference of the UE is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal to a second network device whose transmit power is higher than the first network device, where the interference to the UE is low.
  • the TTI set of the preset value is a TTI set in which the second network device does not send a downlink signal, where the first network device is a network device that sends the semi-static configuration signaling to the UE;
  • the first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing, and the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a transmission of up to 8 layers.
  • the UE and the second network device use a certain frequency band for communication, and the first network device and the second network device may also use the frequency band to transmit backhaul information in a wireless manner (ie, between network devices). Interactive information). Therefore, the signal sent by the first network device to the second network device may cause interference to the signal sent by the UE to the second network device.
  • the rate of transmitting backhaul information between network devices is relatively constant, so the resources used for the interactive backhaul information between the first network device and the second network device are fixed for a certain period of time, for example, in LTE.
  • one radio frame includes 10 subframes (numbered from 0 to 9 respectively), and one subframe length is a TTI.
  • the uplink signal sent by the UE to the second network device in the two frames is strong by the backhaul information sent by the first network device. Interference, while in other areas, it will not be disturbed.
  • two transmission modes can be configured for the UE.
  • Another set of TTIs in the set of TTIs for transmission referred to as a second set of ⁇ for ease of description
  • the first transmission mode can ensure stable transmission even in the case of strong interference, or can be adapted to be transmitted simultaneously with the wireless backhaul information. It is determined that the second transmission mode is used in the second set, which can bring higher transmission efficiency, so that both of these can be taken into consideration. Different chirp interference conditions are used to use the appropriate transmission mode.
  • the D2D scenario indicates that the UE and the UE can communicate directly without going through the network device.
  • the network device may send the D2D information to the UE, and the UE2 may directly send the D2D signal to the UE3, and the D2D signal may cause interference to the uplink signal sent by the UE1 to the network device, which is provided by using the foregoing embodiment.
  • the UE may send the set of D2D signals as a second set of the set of uplink transmissions, and determine a transmission mode configured by the network device in the second set of the second set, and other
  • the first set of ⁇ in the set of uplink transmissions is determined to determine another transmission mode configured by the network device within the ⁇ of the first set to ensure reliable transmission.
  • the first set of ⁇ is a set of ⁇ for transmitting a first amount of data
  • the second set is a set of ⁇ for sending a second amount of data
  • the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold value
  • the second data amount is less than the threshold value
  • the determined transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode
  • the determined reliability of the second transmission mode is higher than The first transmission mode.
  • the change of the video picture is a slow process for a certain video environment.
  • the network device sends the video to the UE. As shown in FIG.
  • the network device needs to send a larger amount of data to the UE, including data of all video pictures of the entire environment, and is suitable for adopting a transmission mode corresponding to spatial multiplexing.
  • the environmental data does not change, and only the position of the person changes, it is not necessary to frequently send the entire video picture to the UE, and only the data of the part of the video picture caused by the movement of the right picture relative to the left picture is sent to the left picture.
  • the UE can be.
  • the amount of data that the network device needs to send to the UE during the mobile process is not large, and the transmission mode such as single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing is suitable.
  • all the ⁇ that send a large amount of data can be regarded as a set of ( (for convenience of description, the ⁇ set is hereinafter referred to as a set of ⁇ ⁇ )
  • the amount of data to be sent is small (for example, the number is greater than the preset value)
  • All TTIs of the data volume are regarded as another TTI set (for convenience of description, the TTI set is hereinafter referred to as TTI set N), and the network device determines the transmission mode m of the TTI set M and the transmission mode n of the TTI set N, and passes a semi-static configuration signaling, the information of the at least one TTI set in the TTI set M and the TTI set N and the information of
  • the transmission mode under n (such as single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing) transmits video data, and the UE receives the video data transmitted by the network device by using a transmission mode under transmission mode n (such as single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing).
  • the method for configuring the signal transmission mode of the wireless communication system provided by the embodiment of the present invention is described by taking the video service as an example.
  • the amount of other service data may be different with time or transmitted between the network device and the UE at different times.
  • the examples with different amounts of data are similar, and will not be described here.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention can also facilitate the transmission of such services.
  • the network device when the video picture is completely changed (for example, the screen is switched to the person moving in a new environment), the network device sends the PDSCH to the UE by using the transmission mode corresponding to the high transmission rate by using the foregoing method; and when the video picture part changes, the network device The PDSCH is transmitted to the UE using a transmission mode corresponding to a low transmission rate. Or the network device sends the PDSCH to the UE by using different transmission modes according to the change of the video picture being higher or lower than a certain threshold.
  • the information of the at least one TTI set includes information of a periodic set of TTIs.
  • the intervals between TTIs are the same, for example, the TTIs in the TTI set are TTIs numbered 2, 7, 12, 17, 22, 27.
  • the information of the periodic set of ⁇ includes a period of the set of periodic ⁇ and an offset of ⁇ of the set of periodic ⁇ . For example, if the network device sends the ⁇ in the ⁇ set to 5 TTIs and the ⁇ offset is 3 ⁇ , the network device sends 5 ⁇ and offset 3 ⁇ to the UE, and the UE can learn ⁇
  • the collection is ⁇ numbered 3, 8, 13, 18, ... to further perform corresponding transmission processing in the collection according to the transmission mode information.
  • the method further includes: Sending activation signaling, such as Semi-Static Scheduling (SPS) transmission activation signaling, to the UE, so that after receiving the activation signaling, the UE receives the next semi-static configuration signaling, according to The information of the at least one TTI set, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, are transmitted in a corresponding transmission mode in a TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set signal.
  • SPS Semi-Static Scheduling
  • the network device may send the scheduling signaling to the UE only once, for activating the multi-transmission mode SPS transmission, for example, the UE receives the scheduling signaling and sends the scheduling signaling to the network device.
  • the network device After the acknowledgement (ACK), the network device sends the downlink data to the UE in the first TTI set using the first transmission mode, and uses the second transmission mode to send the downlink data to the UE in the second TTI set. In this way, the UE can be triggered to receive data sent by the network device in multiple TTIs by using only one scheduling, and the transmission modes corresponding to different TTIs are different.
  • the first transmission mode supports a high transmission rate (for example, Mode9), and can be used to transmit data when the video picture is completely changed;
  • the second transmission mode supports a low transmission rate (for example, Mode6), which can be used when transmitting a video picture part change.
  • Data and save DCI information overhead and resources for sending PDSCH.
  • the network device can retransmit the deactivation signaling to the UE to cancel the multi-transmission mode SPS transmission.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention further includes:
  • the transmitting party in the second transmission mode is sent to the UE.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a method for configuring a signal transmission manner of a wireless communication system according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method shown in this embodiment corresponds to the method shown in FIG. 1 to FIG. 5, and is a processing flow on the UE side, including:
  • Step 61 Receive semi-static configuration signaling sent by the network device, where the semi-static configuration signaling carries at least one TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the The second transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the first TTI set determined by the network device, where the second transmission mode is corresponding to the second TTI set determined by the network device In the transmission mode, the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different.
  • Step 62 According to at least one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, in the first TTI set and the second Within the TTI of the TTI set, the signal is transmitted using the corresponding transmission mode.
  • the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes.
  • intersection between the first TTI set and the second TTI set is 0.
  • to determine the intersection between the first TTI set and the second TTI set is 0.
  • the first TTI set is a TTI set that is higher than a preset value for a UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling
  • the second TTI set is a low interference to a UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling.
  • the first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs for transmitting a first amount of data
  • the second set is a set of TTIs for sending a second amount of data, where the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold value, The second data amount is less than the threshold, and the determined transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined reliability of the second transmission mode is higher than the first Transmission mode Style.
  • the TTI set that is higher than the preset value of the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal that is higher than the network device of the network device, and the pair receives the semi-static
  • the TTI set with the interference of the UE configured with the signaling being lower than the preset value is a TTI set whose transmission power is higher than the network device of the network device that does not send the downlink signal;
  • the determined first transmission mode is a single transmission mode a transmission mode of the closed-loop spatial multiplexing of the layer, where the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a transmission of up to 8 layers; or the interference of the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is high
  • the TTI set of the preset value is a TTI set of the interactive backhaul information between the network devices, and the TTI set that is less than the preset value of the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is not between the network devices.
  • the determined first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is single layer transmission or large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD, or the transmission mode is not supported Coordinated multi-point transmission/reception CoMP transmission mode, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single antenna port
  • the determined second transmission mode is a spatial multiplexing transmission mode in which the transmission mode is greater than 1 layer, or a transmission mode Supports the transmission mode of CoMP, or the transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing.
  • the information of the at least one TTI set includes information of a periodic TTI set, where the information of the periodic TTI set includes a period of the set of periodic TTIs and a set of the periodic TTIs. The offset of the TTI.
  • the method further includes: performing, according to the semi-static configuration signaling, the one TTI The set information determines another TTI set information in the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information.
  • the method further includes: receiving an activation signaling sent by the network device;
  • the signal is transmitted in the corresponding transmission mode.
  • the method further includes: performing, in the first TTI set, an initial transmission of data by using a transmission mode in a first transmission mode;
  • the initial transmission of data is performed by using a transmission mode in the second transmission mode
  • the semi-static configuration signaling further includes at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information and the The fourth transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode.
  • the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes;
  • the third transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set determined by the network device
  • the fourth transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set determined by the network device
  • the third transmission mode is different from the fourth transmission mode.
  • the third TTI set, the fourth TTI set, and the first TTI set and the second TTI set partially overlap.
  • signals are transmitted using corresponding transmission modes, including:
  • the second transmission mode transmits a signal.
  • the method further includes: in the first TTI set, performing initial transmission of data by using a transmission mode in a first transmission mode; and receiving retransmission of data by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode sent by the network device
  • the first indication is: performing retransmission of the data by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode according to the received first indication; or, further comprising:
  • the first transmission of the data is performed by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode; and the second transmission by the network device by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode for retransmission of data is received. Instructing; according to the received second indication, performing retransmission of data by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode.
  • HARQ Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request
  • the TTI sends the PUSCH, and the network device sends an ACK/Negative Acknowledge (NAK) to the UE at the TTI numbered n+8, and notifies the UE whether the network device correctly decodes the PUSCH information sent by the UE; if the information is NAK If the network device fails to correctly decode the PUSCH, the UE retransmits the PUSCH to the network device again at the TTI numbered n+12.
  • the TTIs numbered n+4 and n+12 belong to the first TTI set and the second TTI set, respectively, the initial transmission and the heavy weight are caused.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further defines that if the network device instructs the UE to use the first transmission mode to perform initial data transmission in the first TTI set, the UE is instructed to be in the second The data is retransmitted in the TTI set, and the UE transmits or receives the data signal in the second TTI set using the first transmission mode.
  • the TTIs numbered n+4 and n+12 belong to the first and second TTI sets, respectively, and the network device sends the DCI to the UE in the TTI numbered n to indicate that the UE uses the first in the TTI numbered n+4.
  • the transmission mode transmits the PUSCH; if the network device does not correctly decode the PUSCH sent by the UE, the TTI with the number n+8 sends a message to the UE, instructing the UE to re-transmit the PUSCH in the TTI of the number n+12 by using the first transmission mode (although The TTI numbered n+8 belongs to the second TTI set).
  • more than one transmission mode may be configured for the UE at a time, and the TTI subsets of different transmission modes are different, and the network device sends the subset to which the TTI belongs to the UE in different TTIs.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device for configuring a signal transmission manner of a wireless communication system according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the network device shown in this embodiment is used to implement the method in the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, and may be a base station (BS), an access point (AP), or a remote radio device (Remote Radio Equipment, RRE), Remote Radio Head (RRH), Remote Radio Unit (RRU), Relay Node, etc.
  • BS base station
  • AP access point
  • RRE Remote Radio Equipment
  • RRH Remote Radio Head
  • RRU Remote Radio Unit
  • the network device includes: a transmission mode determining unit 71 and a signaling sending unit 72.
  • the transmission mode determining unit 71 is configured to determine a first transmission mode corresponding to the first transmission time interval TTI set and a second transmission mode corresponding to the second TTI set, where the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different;
  • the signaling sending unit 72 is configured to send, by using the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information to the user equipment UE, and the first transmission mode information and The second transmission mode information.
  • the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode determined by the transmission mode determining unit 71 are an uplink transmission mode, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes.
  • an intersection between the first TTI set and the second TTI set is 0.
  • the first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs that have a higher interference to the UE than a preset value
  • the second set of TTIs is a set of TTIs that have interference with the UE that is lower than the preset value
  • the first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs for transmitting a first amount of data
  • the second set is a set of TTIs for sending a second amount of data, where the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold value
  • the second data amount is less than the threshold value
  • the transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode determined by the transmission mode determining unit is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined reliability of the second transmission mode is determined. Higher than the first transmission mode.
  • the TTI set in which the interference to the UE is higher than a preset value is a TTI set in which the second network device that transmits power is higher than the first network device sends a downlink signal.
  • the TTI set that is lower than the preset value of the UE is a TTI set that the second network device does not send a downlink signal, where the first network device sends the semi-static to the UE a network device configured with signaling;
  • the first transmission mode determined by the transmission mode determining unit 71 is a closed-loop spatial multiplexing transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single layer, and the determined second transmission mode is the highest transmission mode. Up to 8 layers of transmission transmission Mode
  • the TTI set that is higher than the preset value by the UE is a TTI set of inter-device direct communication D2D between the network devices, and the interference between the UEs is low.
  • the TTI set of the preset value is a non-interactive backhaul information between the network devices or a TTI set that is not D2D;
  • the first transmission mode determined by the transmission mode determining unit 71 is a single layer transmission or a large transmission mode.
  • Delayed cyclic delay diversity CDD transmission mode or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode does not support coordinated multi-point transmission/reception CoMP, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single antenna port, and the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode A spatially multiplexed transmission mode of more than one layer, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode supports CoMP, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing.
  • the information of the at least one TTI set sent by the signaling sending unit 72 through the semi-static configuration signaling includes information of a periodic TTI set, where the information of the periodic TTI set includes the periodic TTI The period of the set and the offset of the TTI in the set of periodic TTIs.
  • the network device may further include: an activation unit, configured to send, by the signaling sending unit 72, the first TTI set information and the second TTI set to the user equipment UE by using semi-static configuration signaling After the at least one TTI set information in the information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, send activation signaling to the UE, so that after the UE receives the activation signaling, Corresponding transmission is performed in the TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set according to the information of the at least one TTI set, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information Mode transmits signals.
  • an activation unit configured to send, by the signaling sending unit 72, the first TTI set information and the second TTI set to the user equipment UE by using semi-static configuration signaling After the at least one TTI set information in the information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, send activation signaling to the UE, so that after the UE receives the activation signaling, Corresponding transmission is performed in the
  • the network device may further include: a first data receiving unit, configured to receive, by the UE, data that is initially transmitted by using a transmission mode in the first transmission mode in the first TTI set, and perform decoding a first indication unit, configured to send, to the UE, a first indication that the data is retransmitted by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode, where the decoding fails; the first data unit is further used Receiving, by the UE, according to the first indication unit The first indication, the data retransmitted by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode is used for decoding; or the network device further includes: a second data receiving unit, configured to receive the UE in the second The data originally transmitted by the transmission mode in the second transmission mode is used in the TTI set and decoded;
  • a second indication unit configured to send, to the UE, a second indication that the data is retransmitted by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode, if the decoding fails;
  • the second data unit is further configured to receive data that is retransmitted by the UE according to the second indication sent by the second indication unit, and perform re-transmission using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode.
  • the transmission mode determining unit 71 is further configured to determine a third transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set and a fourth transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set, where the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are different;
  • the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes.
  • the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes;
  • the signaling sending unit is further configured to send, by using the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one TTI set information of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information to the user equipment UE, and the third And the transmitting the mode information and the fourth transmission mode information, the method further includes: transmitting, by using the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information to the UE And the third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission mode information.
  • the third TT set, the fourth TTI set, and the first TTI set and the second TTI set may partially overlap.
  • the network device provided in this embodiment sends a semi-static configuration signaling by using a signaling sending unit, and can configure at least two transmission modes for the UE, and the TTI sets corresponding to different transmission modes are different, so that the network device can be in different TTIs to the UE. Transmitting the signaling of the DCI format corresponding to the transmission mode corresponding to the TTI set to which the TTI belongs, and scheduling the UE to transmit by using the transmission mode corresponding to the signaling Signal.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment for configuring a signal transmission manner of a wireless communication system according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user equipment shown in this embodiment is used to implement the method in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, and includes: a configuration signaling receiving unit 81 and a transmission unit 82.
  • the configuration signaling receiving unit 81 is configured to receive semi-static configuration signaling sent by the network device, where the semi-static configuration signaling carries at least one TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first a transmission mode information and a second transmission mode information, where the first transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the first TTI set determined by the network device, and the second transmission mode is the first determined by the network device a transmission mode corresponding to the two TTI sets, where the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different;
  • the transmitting unit 82 is configured to: according to the at least one TTI set information and the second TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit 81, and the first transmission mode.
  • the information and the second transmission mode information in the TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set, transmit signals by using corresponding transmission modes.
  • the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information corresponding to the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried by the configuration signaling receiving unit 81 are The uplink transmission mode, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes.
  • the first TTI set is The interference of the UE of the semi-static configuration signaling is higher than the preset TTI set
  • the second TTI set is a TTI set that is lower than the preset value for the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling.
  • the reliability of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode.
  • the transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is higher than the first transmission mode; or the at least one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit 81, the a TTI set is a TTI set for transmitting a first data quantity, the second set is a TTI set for sending a second data quantity, the first data quantity is greater than or equal to a threshold value, and the second data is The quantity is less than the threshold value, and the transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode in the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit 81 Higher than the above In the second transmission mode, the reliability of the second transmission mode is higher than the first transmission mode.
  • the interference of the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is higher than a preset value.
  • the TTI set is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal to a network device that has a higher transmit power than the network device, and the TTI set that is less than the preset value of the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is a high transmit power.
  • the network device of the network device does not send the TTI set of the downlink signal; the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit 81,
  • the first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing
  • the second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a transmission of up to 8 layers; or the configuration signaling receiving unit 81
  • the TTI set that is higher than the preset value of the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is a network.
  • the first transmission mode is a single layer transmission or a large delay cyclic delay diversity.
  • the transmission mode of the CDD, or the transmission mode does not support the coordinated multi-point transmission/reception CoMP transmission mode, or the transmission mode is a single antenna end.
  • the transmission mode of the port is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing of more than one layer, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode supports CoMP, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing.
  • the information of the at least one TTI set carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit 81 includes information of a periodic TTI set, where the information of the periodic TTI set includes the period The period of the set of TTIs and the offset of the TTI in the set of periodic TTIs.
  • the transmitting unit 82 is further used to Determining, according to the information of one of the two TTI sets in the two TTI sets carried by the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit 81, determining another one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information TTI collection information.
  • the user equipment may further include: an activation signaling receiving unit, configured to: after the configuration signaling receiving unit 81 receives the semi-static configuration signaling sent by the network device, receive an activation signal sent by the network device Order
  • the transmitting unit 82 is configured to transmit, according to the activation signaling received by the activation signaling receiving unit, a signal in a corresponding transmission mode in the TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set.
  • the transmitting unit 82 is further configured to: in the first TTI set, perform initial transmission of data by using a transmission mode in a first transmission mode; and receive, by using, the first transmission by the network device a first indication of the retransmission of the data in the mode of the transmission; the retransmission of the data by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode according to the received first indication; or the transmission unit 82 is further used In the second TTI set, performing initial transmission of data by using a transmission mode in the second transmission mode; Receiving, by the network device, a second indication for performing retransmission of data by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode; and performing data according to the transmission mode in the second transmission mode according to the received second indication Retransmission.
  • the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit 81 further carries at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the The third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission mode information; the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or The first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are the downlink transmission mode, and the third transmission mode is the third TTI set determined by the network device. a transmission mode, where the fourth transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set determined by the network device, where the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are different.
  • the third TTI set information and the at least one TTI set information in the fourth TTI set information that are received by the configuration signaling receiving unit 81 the third TTI The set, the fourth TTI set, and the first TTI set, the second TTI set partially overlap.
  • the transmitting unit 82 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the at least one TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, a TTI set to which a TTI used to transmit a signal belongs; The TTI to transmit the signal belongs to the first set of TTIs, and the first transmission mode is used to transmit the signal on the TTI for transmitting the signal; if the TTI used to transmit the signal belongs to the second TTI set And transmitting the signal in the second transmission mode on the TTI for transmitting the signal.
  • the user equipment provided in this embodiment receives static configuration signaling including information of at least two transmission modes by using a configuration signaling receiving unit, and may configure more than one transmission mode for the UE at a time, and different TTI subsets corresponding to different transmission modes are different.
  • the network device sends the signaling corresponding to the format of the subset to which the TTI belongs to the UE in different TTIs, to schedule the UE to use the transmission mode corresponding to the signaling.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the network device shown in this embodiment is used to implement the method in the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, and may be a base station (BS), an access point (AP), or a remote radio device (Remote Radio Equipment, RRE), remote radio head (RRH), remote radio unit (RRU), relay node, and other devices.
  • the network device includes: a transmitter 91 and a processor 92.
  • the processor 91 is configured to determine a first transmission mode corresponding to the first transmission time interval TTI set and a second transmission mode corresponding to the second TTI set, where the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different; Transmitting, by the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information determined by the processor 81 to the user equipment UE, and the first transmission mode information And the second transmission mode information.
  • the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode determined by the processor 91 are an uplink transmission mode, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes.
  • an intersection between the first TTI set and the second TTI set is 0.
  • the first TTI set is a TTI set with interference to the UE that is higher than a preset value
  • the second TTI set is a TTI set with interference to the UE that is higher than a preset value
  • the TTI is set to a TTI set whose interference to the UE is lower than the preset value; the reliability of the first transmission mode determined by the processor 91 is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined The transmission efficiency of the two transmission modes is higher than the first transmission mode;
  • the first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs for transmitting a first amount of data
  • the second set is a set of TTIs for sending a second amount of data, where the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold value
  • the second data amount is less than the threshold value
  • the transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode determined by the processor 91 is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined reliability of the second transmission mode is high.
  • the TTI set that is higher than the preset value of the interference of the UE is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal that is higher than the second network device of the first network device.
  • the TTI set that is less than the preset value for the UE is a TTI set that the second network device does not send a downlink signal, where the first network device sends the semi-static to the UE a network device configured with signaling;
  • the first transmission mode determined by the processor 91 is a closed-loop spatial multiplexing transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single layer, and the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode of up to 8 The transmission mode of the layer's transmission;
  • the TTI set that is higher than the preset value by the UE is a TTI set of inter-device direct communication D2D between the network devices, and the interference between the UEs is low.
  • the TTI set of the preset value is a non-interactive backhaul information between the network devices or a TTI set that is not D2D; the first transmission mode determined by the processor 91 is a single layer transmission or a large delay loop.
  • the transmission mode of the delay diversity CDD, or the transmission mode in which the transmission mode does not support the coordinated multi-point transmission/reception CoMP, or the transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single antenna port, the second transmission mode determined is that the transmission mode is greater than 1
  • the information of the at least one TTI set sent by the transmitter 92 through the semi-static configuration signaling includes information of a periodic TTI set, where the information of the periodic TTI set includes the periodic TTI The period of the set and the offset of the TTI in the set of periodic TTIs.
  • the transmitter 92 is further configured to send, by using the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information to the user equipment UE, and the After the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, sending, to the UE, activation signaling, after the UE receives the activation signaling, according to the information of the at least one TTI set, and The first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, in a TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set, transmit signals by using a corresponding transmission mode.
  • the network device further includes:
  • a first receiver configured to receive, by the UE, the first transmission in the first TTI set The data transmitted for the first time in the mode of transmission;
  • the processor 91 is further configured to decode data that is initially transmitted by the UE that is received by the first receiver;
  • the transmitter 92 is further configured to: when the processor 91 fails to decode, send, to the UE, a first indication that performs retransmission of data by using a transmission mode in the first transmission mode; a receiver, configured to receive data that is retransmitted by the UE according to the first indication sent by the transmitter 92 by using a transmission manner in the first transmission mode;
  • the processor 91 is further configured to: decode data that is retransmitted by the UE that is received by the first receiver;
  • the network device further includes:
  • a second receiver configured to receive data that is initially transmitted by the UE in the second TTI set by using a transmission mode in a second transmission mode
  • the processor 91 is further configured to: decode data that is initially transmitted by the UE that is received by the second receiver;
  • the transmitter 92 is further configured to: when the processor 91 fails to decode, send, to the UE, a second indication that performs retransmission of data by using a transmission mode in the second transmission mode;
  • the second receiver is further configured to receive data that is retransmitted by the UE according to the second indication sent by the transmitter 92 by using a transmission manner in the second transmission mode;
  • the processor 91 is further configured to decode data retransmitted by the UE received by the second receiver.
  • the processor 91 is further configured to determine a third transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set and a fourth transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set, where the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are different;
  • the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, where The third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes;
  • the transmitter 92 is further configured to send, by using the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information to the user equipment UE, to And the third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission mode information, the method further includes: sending, by the semi-static configuration signaling, the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information to the UE At least one TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission mode information.
  • the network device provided in this embodiment sends a semi-static configuration signaling through a transmitter, which may be
  • the UE configures at least two transmission modes, and the TTI sets corresponding to different transmission modes are different, so that the network device can send signaling of the DCI format corresponding to the transmission mode corresponding to the TTI set to which the TTI belongs to the UE in different TTIs to schedule
  • the UE transmits the signal by using the transmission mode corresponding to the signaling.
  • different transmission modes can be adapted to different interference situations, respectively, thereby ensuring reliable transmission in a disturbance fluctuation environment.
  • configuring the transmission mode in the interference fluctuation environment by using a semi-static configuration signaling. After the network device sends the TTI set information to the UE and takes effect, the configuration is always used until the next time the new TTI set information is sent to the UE.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user equipment user shown in this embodiment implements the method in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, and includes: a receiver 101, a processor 102, and a transmitter 103.
  • the receiver 101 is configured to receive semi-static configuration signaling sent by the network device, where the semi-static configuration signaling carries at least one TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode.
  • the processor 102 is configured to: according to the first TTI set information and the first part of the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver 101 At least one TTI set information in the two TTI set information, and first transmission mode information and second transmission mode information, in the first TTI set and the second In the TTI of the TTI set, an indication of transmitting a signal in a corresponding transmission mode is sent; the receiver 101 is further configured to receive a signal according to the indication of the processor 102 by using a corresponding transmission mode;
  • the transmitter 103 is configured to send a signal according to the indication of the processor 102 by using a corresponding transmission mode.
  • the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode corresponding to the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information that are received by the receiver 101 are uplink.
  • the transmission mode, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes.
  • the first TTI set is that the interference of the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is higher than a set of preset TTIs, where the second set of TTIs is a set of TTIs for which the interference of the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is lower than the preset value, and the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver 101
  • the reliability of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode
  • the transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is higher than the foregoing a transmission mode
  • the first TTI set is a TTI set for sending a first data quantity
  • the second set is a set of TTIs for transmitting a second amount of data, where the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold, and the second amount of data is less than the threshold, and the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver 101 is used.
  • the transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode
  • the reliability of the second transmission mode is higher than the first Transfer mode.
  • the interference of the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is higher than a preset TTI.
  • the set is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal to a network device whose transmit power is higher than the network device, where the interference of the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is lower than the TTI set of the preset value.
  • the first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which a transmission mode is a single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing
  • the second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which a transmission mode is a transmission of up to 8 layers
  • the TTI set that is higher than the preset value of the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is And a TTI set of the backhaul information of the network device, wherein the TTI set that is less than the preset value of the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is a TTI set of the non-interactive backhaul information between the network devices;
  • the first transmission mode is a single layer transmission or a large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD.
  • the transmission mode is either a transmission mode in which the coordinated multi-point transmission/reception CoMP is not supported, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single antenna port, and the second transmission mode is a spatial multiplexing in which the transmission mode is greater than one layer.
  • the transmission mode is either a transmission mode in which the transmission mode supports CoMP, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing.
  • the information of the at least one TTI set carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver 101 includes information of a periodic TTI set, where the information of the periodic TTI set includes the periodicity. The period of the set of TTIs and the offset of the TTIs in the set of periodic TTIs.
  • the processor 102 when the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver 101 carries one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, the processor 102 is further configured to perform according to the The information of one of the two TTI sets carried in the semi-static configuration signaling is used to determine another TTI set information in the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information.
  • the processor 102 when the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver 101 carries one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, the processor 102 is further configured to perform according to the The information of one of the two TTI sets carried in the semi-static configuration signaling is used to determine another TTI set information in the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information.
  • the receiver 101 is further configured to: after receiving the semi-static configuration signaling sent by the network device, receive the activation signaling sent by the network device; the processor 102 is further configured to receive, according to the receiver 101, the Activating signaling, instructing the receiver 101 and the transmitter 103 to transmit signals in a corresponding transmission mode within the TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set.
  • the receiver 101 and the transmitter 103 are further configured to: in the first TTI set, perform initial transmission of data by using a transmission mode in a first transmission mode;
  • the receiver 101 is further configured to receive a first indication sent by the network device to perform retransmission of data by using a transmission mode in the first transmission mode;
  • the processor 102 is further configured to: according to the first indication received by the receiver 101, instruct the receiver 101 and the transmitter 103 to perform retransmission of data by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode; or ,
  • the receiver 101 and the transmitter 103 are further configured to perform initial transmission of data in the second TTI set by using a transmission mode in the second transmission mode;
  • the receiver 101 is further configured to receive, by the network device, a second indication that the data is retransmitted by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode;
  • the processor 102 is further configured to instruct the receiver 101 and the transmitter 103 to perform retransmission of data by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode according to the second indication received by the receiver 101.
  • the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver 101 further carries at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information.
  • the fourth transmission mode information are uplink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and The second transmission mode is a downlink transmission mode, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes;
  • the third transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set determined by the network device
  • the fourth transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set determined by the network device
  • the third transmission mode is different from the fourth transmission mode.
  • the third TTI set information and the at least one TTI set information in the fourth TTI set information carried by the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver 101 the third TTI set, The four TTI set and the first TTI set and the second TTI set partially overlap.
  • the processor 102 is specifically configured to: Determining, according to the at least one TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, a TTI set to which the TTI used to transmit the signal belongs; if the TTI used to transmit the signal belongs to the first TTI set, And indicating, on the TTI for transmitting the signal, that the receiver 101 and the transmitter 103 transmit the signal by using the first transmission mode; if the TTI for transmitting the signal belongs to the second TTI set, The TTI for transmitting a signal indicates that the receiver 101 and the transmitter 103 transmit signals using the second transmission mode.
  • the user equipment receives static configuration signaling including information of at least two transmission modes through a receiver, and may configure more than one transmission mode for the UE at a time, and different TTI subsets corresponding to different transmission modes are different, and the network
  • the device sends signaling corresponding to the format of the subset to which the TTI belongs to the UE in different TTIs to schedule the UE to transmit or receive signals according to the transmission mode corresponding to the signaling; different transmission modes are respectively adapted to different interference situations, thereby It ensures reliable transmission in the interference fluctuation environment, reduces information overhead and improves channel utilization.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer program product, the computer program product comprising a computer readable medium, the readable medium comprising a first set of program code, for performing the steps in the method shown in FIG. Transmitting a first transmission mode corresponding to the TTI set and a second transmission mode corresponding to the second TTI set, where the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different;
  • the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes.
  • intersection between the first TTI set and the second TTI set is 0.
  • the first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs that have interference with the UE that is higher than a preset value
  • the second set of TTIs is a set of TTIs that have interference with the UE that is lower than the preset value, and the determined
  • the reliability of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode
  • the determined transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is determined
  • the rate is higher than the first transmission mode
  • the first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs for transmitting a first amount of data
  • the second set is a set of TTIs for transmitting a second amount of data, where the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold value,
  • the second data amount is smaller than the threshold, and the determined transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined reliability of the second transmission mode is higher than the first transmission mode.
  • the TTI set that is higher than the preset value of the interference of the UE is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal to a second network device whose transmit power is higher than the first network device, where the interference to the UE is low.
  • the TTI set of the preset value is a TTI set in which the second network device does not send a downlink signal, where the first network device is a network device that sends the semi-static configuration signaling to the UE;
  • the first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing, and the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a transmission of up to 8 layers;
  • the TTI set that is higher than the preset value by the UE is a TTI set of inter-device direct communication D2D between the network devices, and the interference between the UEs is low.
  • the TTI set of the preset value is a non-interactive backhaul information between the network devices or a TTI set that is not D2D;
  • the determined first transmission mode is a transmission mode of single layer transmission or large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD transmission. Mode, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode does not support coordinated multi-point transmission/reception CoMP, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single antenna port, and the determined second transmission mode is spatial multiplexing in which the transmission mode is greater than one layer.
  • the transmission mode is either a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is supported by CoMP, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing.
  • the information of the at least one TTI set includes information of a periodic TTI set, where the information of the periodic TTI set includes a period of the set of periodic TTIs and a set of the periodic TTIs. The offset of the TTI.
  • the at least one TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information is sent to the user equipment UE by the semi-static configuration signaling, and the first transmission mode information and the first After the second transmission mode information, it also includes:
  • the TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set adopt corresponding Optionally, it also includes:
  • the method further includes: determining a third transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set and a fourth transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set, where the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are different;
  • the second transmission mode is an uplink transmission mode
  • the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode is The fourth transmission mode is an uplink transmission mode;
  • the method further includes: transmitting, by the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information to the UE And the fourth transmission mode information.
  • an embodiment of the present invention further provides another computer program product, the computer program product comprising a computer readable medium, the readable medium comprising a second set of program code, for performing the steps in the method shown in FIG.
  • the semi-static configuration signaling carries at least one TTI set information of the first transmission time interval TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the The second transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the first TTI set determined by the network device, where the second transmission mode is corresponding to the second TTI set determined by the network device a transmission mode, where the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different;
  • the signal is transmitted using the corresponding transmission mode.
  • the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes.
  • the intersection between the first TTI set and the second TTI set is 0.
  • the first set of TTIs is a TTI set that is higher than a preset value for a UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling, where the second set of TTIs is configured to receive the semi-static configuration signaling.
  • the interference of the UE is lower than the preset TTI set, the determined reliability of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is higher than the first a transmission mode;
  • the first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs for transmitting a first amount of data
  • the second set is a set of TTIs for sending a second amount of data, where the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold value, The second data amount is less than the threshold, and the determined transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined reliability of the second transmission mode is higher than the first Transfer mode.
  • the TTI set that is higher than the preset value for the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal that is higher than the network device of the network device.
  • the TTI set that is lower than the preset value for the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is a TTI set whose transmission power is higher than that of the network device of the network device, and the downlink signal is not sent;
  • the transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing, and the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a transmission of up to 8 layers; or the pair receives the semi-static configuration.
  • the TTI set of the signaling UE is higher than the preset TTI set as the TTI set of the inter-network backhaul information, and the interference of the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is lower than the preset TTI.
  • the set is a TTI set that does not exchange backhaul information between network devices;
  • the determined first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is single layer transmission or large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD, or the transmission mode does not support coordinated multipoint transmission.
  • the determined second transmission mode is a spatially multiplexed transmission with a transmission mode greater than 1 layer Type, or a CoMP transmission mode supporting transmission of a transmission mode or a transmission mode for the spatial multiplexing.
  • the information of the at least one TTI set includes information of a periodic set of TTIs, where the information of the periodic set of TTIs includes a period of the set of periodic TTIs and a bias of the TTIs in the set of periodic TTIs. Transfer amount.
  • the method further includes: carrying, according to the semi-static configuration signaling And determining, by the one TTI set information, another TTI set information in the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information.
  • the method further includes: receiving an activation signaling sent by the network device;
  • the method further includes: in the first TTI set, performing initial transmission of data by using a transmission mode in a first transmission mode; and receiving, by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode, the network device sends Data a first indication of the retransmission; according to the received first indication, performing retransmission of data by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode;
  • the initial transmission of data is performed by using a transmission mode in the second transmission mode
  • the semi-static configuration signaling further includes at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information and the The fourth transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode.
  • the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes;
  • the third transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set determined by the network device
  • the fourth transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set determined by the network device
  • the third transmission mode is different from the fourth transmission mode.
  • the third TTI set, the fourth TTI set, and the first TTI set and the second TTI set partially overlap.
  • the at least one TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, in the first TTI set and the first Transmitting a signal by using a corresponding transmission mode in the TTI of the two TTI sets including: determining, according to the at least one TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, a TTI set to which the TTI used to transmit the signal belongs; If the TTI used to transmit the signal belongs to the first TTI set, the first transmission mode is used to transmit the signal on the TTI used to transmit the signal; if the TTI used to transmit the signal belongs to the The second TTI set transmits the signal in the second transmission mode on the TTI used to transmit the signal.
  • Computer readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one location to another.
  • a storage medium may be any available media that can be accessed by a computer.
  • the computer readable medium can comprise RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, disk storage media or other magnetic storage device, or can be used to carry or store an instruction or data structure.
  • any connection may suitably be a computer readable medium.
  • the software is transmitted from a website, server, or other remote source using coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave
  • coaxial cable , fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL, or wireless technologies such as infrared, wireless, and microwaves are included in the fixing of the associated media.
  • a disk and a disc include a compact disc (CD), a laser disc, a disc, a digital versatile disc (DVD), a floppy disk, and a Blu-ray disc, wherein the disc is usually magnetically copied, and the disc is The laser is used to optically replicate the data.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to a method and equipment for configuring signal transmission mode of wireless communication system. At least two transmission modes are configured for a UE by means of semi-static configuration signaling, and TTI sets corresponding to different transmission mode are different, so that network equipment can send signaling of a DCI format corresponding to a transmission mode corresponding to the TTI set to which the TTI belongs to the UE at different TTIs, so as to dispatch the UE to employ the transmission mode corresponding to the signaling to transfer signals, thereby effectively reducing the signaling overhead caused by configuration of the transmission mode, and reducing the channel load, and improving the configuration efficiency.

Description

配置无线通信系统信号传输方式的方法及设备 技术领域  Method and device for configuring signal transmission mode of wireless communication system
本发明涉及无线通信技术, 尤其涉及一种配置无线通信系统信号传输方 式的方法及设备。  The present invention relates to wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a method and apparatus for configuring a signal transmission mode of a wireless communication system.
背景技术 Background technique
无线通信系统中, 处于不同的无线环境中的用户设备 (User Equipment, UE), 与基站之间的通信采用不同的传输方式。 例如, 当 UE处于小区中心时, 信道状况较好, 适合于较高速率的传输, 因此, 基站与 UE之间使用空间复用 (Spatial Multiplexing, SM) 的方式收发信号, 以提升传输速率, 并保证 传输可靠性。当 UE处于小区边缘时,信道状况较差,适合于较低速率的传输, 因此, 基站与 UE之间使用发送分集 (Transmit Diversity, TD) 的方式或单 层传输的方式收发信号, 以保证传输可靠性。  In a wireless communication system, user equipment (User Equipment, UE) in different wireless environments uses different transmission methods for communication with the base station. For example, when the UE is in the center of the cell, the channel is in a good condition and is suitable for transmission at a higher rate. Therefore, the base station and the UE use a spatial multiplexing (SM) method to transmit and receive signals to improve the transmission rate, and Guarantee transmission reliability. When the UE is at the cell edge, the channel condition is poor, which is suitable for transmission at a lower rate. Therefore, the base station and the UE use a Transmit Diversity (TD) method or a single layer transmission method to transmit and receive signals to ensure transmission. reliability.
基站与 UE之间用于收发信号的传输方式, 由基站通过向 UE发送动态控 制信令配置传输模式, 以指示当前传输时间间隔 (Transmission Time Interval , TTI ) 内基站与该 UE之间收发信号, 采用该传输模式对应的传输 方式。 由于每个 TTI基站都要发送信令来配置传输模式, 增加了信道负荷。 为了解决上述问题, 现有技术中, 基站通过发送半静态配置信令为 UE配 置一种传输模式, 以在基站发送下一条半静态配置信令之前的所有 TTI 内, 与该 UE采用该传输模式下的传输方式收发信号。 但是, 当信道状态变化较为频繁时, 如果采用现有的方法为 UE配置传输 方式, 则基站需要频繁地发送半静态配置信令, 使得信道负荷增加, 半静态 配置信令的作用进一步减小。  a transmission mode for transmitting and receiving signals between the base station and the UE, and the base station sends a dynamic control signaling to the UE to configure a transmission mode to indicate that the base station and the UE transmit and receive signals between the base station and the UE within the current transmission time interval (TTI). The transmission mode corresponding to the transmission mode is adopted. Since each TTI base station sends signaling to configure the transmission mode, the channel load is increased. In order to solve the above problem, in the prior art, the base station configures a transmission mode for the UE by sending semi-static configuration signaling, and uses the transmission mode with the UE in all TTIs before the base station sends the next semi-static configuration signaling. The transmission mode is to send and receive signals. However, when the channel state changes frequently, if the existing method is used to configure the transmission mode for the UE, the base station needs to frequently send the semi-static configuration signaling, so that the channel load increases, and the role of the semi-static configuration signaling is further reduced.
发明内容 Summary of the invention
有鉴于此, 本发明实施例提供一种配置无线通信系统信号传输方式的方 法及设备, 以减少因配置传输模式而产生的信令开销和信道负荷。 第一方面, 本发明实施例提供一种配置无线通信系统信号传输方式的方 法, 包括: In view of this, the embodiments of the present invention provide a method for configuring a signal transmission mode of a wireless communication system. Methods and equipment to reduce the signaling overhead and channel load caused by configuring the transmission mode. In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for configuring a signal transmission manner of a wireless communication system, including:
确定第一传输时间间隔 TTI集合对应的第一传输模式和第二 TTI集合对 应的第二传输模式, 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式不同;  Determining, by the first transmission time interval, a first transmission mode corresponding to the TTI set and a second transmission mode corresponding to the second TTI set, where the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different;
通过半静态配置信令向用户设备 UE发送所述第一 TTI集合信息和所述第 二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第一传输模式信息和 所述第二传输模式信息。  Transmitting, by the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, to the user equipment UE .
结合第一方面, 在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,  In conjunction with the first aspect, in a first possible implementation of the first aspect,
所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式为上行传输模式, 或者所述第一 传输模式和所述第二传输模式为下行传输模式。  The first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes.
结合第一方面或其第一种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第二种可能的 实现方式中,  In conjunction with the first aspect or the first possible implementation thereof, in a second possible implementation of the first aspect,
所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合之间的交集为 0。 结合第一方面或其第一或第二种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第三种 可能的实现方式中,  An intersection between the first TTI set and the second TTI set is 0. In conjunction with the first aspect or its first or second possible implementation, in a third possible implementation of the first aspect,
所述第一 TTI集合为对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合,所述第二 TTI集合为对所述 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合, 确定的所述第一传 输模式的可靠性高于所述第二传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式的传输效 率高于所述第一传输模式;  The first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs that have interference with the UE that is higher than a preset value, and the second set of TTIs is a set of TTIs that have interference with the UE that is lower than the preset value, and the determined The reliability of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is higher than the first transmission mode;
或者  Or
所述第一 TTI集合为用于发送第一数据量的 TTI集合, 所述第二集合为 用于发送第二数据量的 TTI集合, 所述第一数据量大于或等于门限值, 所述 第二数据量小于所述门限值, 确定的所述第一传输模式的传输效率高于所述 第二传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式的可靠性高于所述第一传输模式。  The first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs for transmitting a first amount of data, and the second set is a set of TTIs for transmitting a second amount of data, where the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold value, The second data amount is smaller than the threshold, and the determined transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined reliability of the second transmission mode is higher than the first transmission mode. .
结合第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第四种可能的实 现方式中, 所述对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为发送功率高于第一网络设 备的第二网络设备发送下行信号的 TTI集合,所述对所述 UE的干扰低于所述 预设值的 TTI集合为所述第二网络设备未发送下行信号的 TTI集合, 所述第 一网络设备为向所述 UE发送所述半静态配置信令的网络设备;确定的所述第 一传输模式为传输方式为单层的闭环空间复用的传输模式, 确定的所述第二 传输模式为传输方式为最高达 8层的传输的传输模式; In conjunction with the third possible implementation of the first aspect, in a fourth possible implementation of the first aspect, The TTI set that is higher than the preset value of the UE is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal to the second network device whose transmit power is higher than the first network device, where the interference to the UE is lower than the preset The set TTI set is a TTI set in which the second network device does not send a downlink signal, where the first network device is a network device that sends the semi-static configuration signaling to the UE; the determined first transmission The mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing, and the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a transmission of up to 8 layers;
或者,所述对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间交互 回程信息或用户设备之间进行设备间直接通信 D2D的 TTI集合, 所述对所述 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间未交互回程信息或未进 行 D2D的 TTI集合; 确定的所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单层传输或大延 迟循环延迟分集 CDD的传输模式,或者为传输方式不支持协作多点发送 /接收 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为单天线端口的传输模式, 确定的所述第 二传输模式为传输方式为大于 1层的空间复用的传输模式, 或者为传输方式 支持 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为空间复用的传输模式。 结合第一方面或其第一至第四种可能的实现方式中的任一种, 在第一方 面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述至少一个 TTI集合的信息包括周期性的 TTI集合的信息, 所述周期 性的 TTI集合的信息包括所述周期性的 TTI的集合的周期以及所述周期性的 TTI的集合中 TTI的偏移量。 结合第一方面或其第一至第五种可能的实现方式中的任一种, 在第一方 面的第六种可能的实现方式中,  Or the TTI set that is higher than the preset value by the UE is a TTI set of inter-device direct communication D2D between the network devices, and the interference between the UEs is low. The TTI set of the preset value is a non-interactive backhaul information between the network devices or a TTI set that is not D2D; the determined first transmission mode is a transmission mode of single layer transmission or large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD transmission. Mode, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode does not support coordinated multi-point transmission/reception CoMP, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single antenna port, and the determined second transmission mode is spatial multiplexing in which the transmission mode is greater than one layer. The transmission mode is either a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is supported by CoMP, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing. With reference to the first aspect, or any one of the first to fourth possible implementation manners, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the information of the at least one TTI set includes a periodic TTI set The information of the periodic TTI set includes a period of the set of periodic TTIs and an offset of TTIs in the set of periodic TTIs. In combination with the first aspect or any of the first to fifth possible implementations thereof, in a sixth possible implementation of the first aspect,
通过半静态配置信令向用户设备 UE发送所述第一 TTI集合信息和所述第 二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第一传输模式信息和 所述第二传输模式信息之后, 还包括:  Transmitting, by the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, to the user equipment UE After that, it also includes:
向所述 UE发送激活信令, 以使所述 UE在接收到所述激活信令后, 根据 所述至少一个 TTI集合的信息, 以及所述第一传输模式信息和所述第二传输 模式信息, 在所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合的 TTI内, 采用相应的 传输模式传输信号。 结合第一方面或其第一至第六种可能的实现方式中的任一种, 在第一方 面的第七种可能的实现方式中, 还包括: Sending, to the UE, activation signaling, after the UE receives the activation signaling, according to the information of the at least one TTI set, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information. And transmitting, in a corresponding transmission mode, a signal in a TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set. In combination with the first aspect or any of the first to sixth possible implementations, in the first party In the seventh possible implementation of the surface, the method further includes:
接收所述 UE在所述第一 TTI集合中采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式 初次传输的数据并进行解码;  Receiving, by the UE, data that is initially transmitted by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode in the first TTI set, and performing decoding;
在解码失败的情况下, 向所述 UE发送采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方 式进行数据的重新传输的第一指示;  And transmitting, in the case of the decoding failure, a first indication to the UE to perform retransmission of data by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode;
接收所述 UE 根据所述第一指示采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式重 新传输的数据并进行解码;  Receiving, by the UE, data that is retransmitted by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode according to the first indication, and decoding;
或者, 还包括:  Or, it also includes:
接收所述 UE在所述第二 TTI集合中采用第二传输模式下的传输方式初次 传输的数据并进行解码;  Receiving, by the UE, the data initially transmitted by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode in the second TTI set, and decoding;
在解码失败的情况下, 向所述 UE发送采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方 式进行数据的重新传输的第二指示;  And in the case that the decoding fails, sending, to the UE, a second indication that the retransmission of data is performed by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode;
接收所述 UE 根据所述第二指示采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式重 新传输的数据并进行解码。 结合第一方面或其第一至第七种可能的实现方式中的任一种, 在第一方 面的第八种可能的实现方式中,  Receiving, by the UE, data that is retransmitted by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode according to the second indication, and performing decoding. In combination with the first aspect or any one of the first to seventh possible implementations, in an eighth possible implementation of the first aspect,
还包括: 确定第三 TTI集合对应的第三传输模式和第四 TTI集合对应的 第四传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式不同; 所述第一传输模式 和第二传输模式为上行传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式为下行 传输模式, 或者, 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式为下行传输模式, 所述 第三传输模式和第四传输模式为上行传输模式;  The method further includes: determining a third transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set and a fourth transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set, where the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are different; the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode In the uplink transmission mode, the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are For the uplink transmission mode;
通过所述半静态配置信令向用户设备 UE发送所述第三 TTI集合信息和所 述第四 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第三传输模式信 息和所述第四传输模式信息, 还包括: 通过所述半静态配置信令向所述 UE发 送所述第三 TTI集合信息和所述第四 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信 息, 以及所述第三传输模式信息和所述第四传输模式信息。 结合第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第九种可能的实 现方式中, 所述第三 ττ集合、第四 ΤΤΙ集合和所述第一 ΤΤΙ集合、第二 ΤΤΙ集合部 分重叠。 第二方面, 本发明实施例提供一种配置无线通信系统信号传输方式的方 法, 包括: 接收网络设备发送的半静态配置信令, 所述半静态配置信令携带有第一 传输时间间隔 ΤΤΙ集合信息和第二 ΤΤΙ集合信息中的至少一个 ΤΤΙ集合信息, 以及第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息, 所述第一传输模式为所述网络 设备确定的所述第一 ΤΤΙ集合对应的传输模式, 所述第二传输模式为所述网 络设备确定的所述第二 ΤΤΙ集合对应的传输模式, 所述第一传输模式和第二 传输模式不同; Transmitting, by the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission to the user equipment UE The mode information, the method further includes: transmitting, by the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information to the UE And the fourth transmission mode information. In conjunction with the eighth possible implementation of the first aspect, in a ninth possible implementation of the first aspect, The third ττ set, the fourth ΤΤΙ set, and the first ΤΤΙ set and the second ΤΤΙ set partially overlap. In a second aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a method for configuring a signal transmission mode of a wireless communication system, including: receiving a semi-static configuration signaling sent by a network device, where the semi-static configuration signaling carries a first transmission time interval ΤΤΙ set At least one of the information and the second set of information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, where the first transmission mode is a transmission corresponding to the first set of the determined by the network device a mode, where the second transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the second set determined by the network device, where the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different;
根据所述第一 ΤΤΙ集合信息和第二 ΤΤΙ集合信息中的至少一个 ΤΤΙ集合 信息, 以及第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息, 在所述第一 ΤΤΙ集合和 所述第二 ΤΤΙ集合的 ΤΤΙ内, 采用相应的传输模式传输信号。 结合第二方面, 在第二方面的第一种可能实现的方式中, 所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式为上行传输模式, 或者所述第一 传输模式和所述第二传输模式为下行传输模式。 结合第二方面或其第一种可能实现的方式, 在第二方面的第二种可能实 现的方式中,  And at least one of the first set information and the second set information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, in the first set and the second set In the ,, the signal is transmitted using the corresponding transmission mode. With reference to the second aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are an uplink transmission mode, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission The mode is the downlink transmission mode. In conjunction with the second aspect or the first possible implementation thereof, in a second possible implementation of the second aspect,
所述第一 ΤΤΙ集合和所述第二 ΤΤΙ集合之间的交集为 0。 结合第二方面或其第一或第二种可能实现的方式, 在第二方面的第三种 可能实现的方式中, 所述第一 ΤΤΙ集合为对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰高于预设值 的 ΤΤΙ集合,所述第二 ΤΤΙ集合为对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰低 于所述预设值的 ΤΤΙ集合, 确定的所述第一传输模式的可靠性高于所述第二 传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式的传输效率高于所述第一传输模式; 或者, 所述第一 ΤΤΙ集合为用于发送第一数据量的 ΤΤΙ集合, 所述第二 集合为用于发送第二数据量的 ΤΤΙ集合,所述第一数据量大于或等于门限值, 所述第二数据量小于所述门限值, 确定的所述第一传输模式的传输效率高于 所述第二传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式的可靠性高于所述第一传输模 式。 结合第二方面的第三种可能实现的方式, 在第二方面的第四种可能实现 的方式中, The intersection between the first set of sets and the second set of turns is zero. With reference to the second aspect, or the first or second possible implementation manner thereof, in a third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the first set of ΤΤΙ is a UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling Intersecting a set of 高于 higher than a preset value, where the second set of 为 is a set of ΤΤΙ that is less than the preset value of the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling, and determining the first transmission mode The reliability is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is higher than the first transmission mode; or, the first set of 为 is a set of 用于 for transmitting the first data amount The second set is a set of ΤΤΙ for transmitting a second amount of data, where the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold, the second amount of data is less than the threshold, and the first Transmission mode transmission efficiency is higher than In the second transmission mode, the determined reliability of the second transmission mode is higher than the first transmission mode. In conjunction with the third possible implementation of the second aspect, in a fourth possible implementation of the second aspect,
所述对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为发 送功率高于所述网络设备的网络设备发送下行信号的 TTI集合, 所述对接收 所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为发送功率高于 所述网络设备的网络设备未发送下行信号的 TTI集合; 确定的所述第一传输 模式为传输方式为单层的闭环空间复用的传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模 式为传输方式为最高达 8层的传输的传输模式; 或者,所述对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集 合为网络设备之间交互回程信息的 TTI集合, 所述对接收所述半静态配置信 令的 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间未交互回程信息的 TTI 集合; 确定的所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单层传输或大延迟循环延 迟分集 CDD的传输模式, 或者为传输方式不支持协作多点发送 /接收 CoMP的 传输模式, 或者为传输方式为单天线端口的传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输 模式为传输方式为大于 1 层的空间复用的传输模式, 或者为传输方式支持 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为空间复用的传输模式。 结合第二方面或其第一至第四种可能实现的方式中的任一种, 在第二方 面的第五种可能实现的方式中, 在第二方面的第五种可能实现的方式中, 所述至少一个 TTI集合的信息包括周期性的 TTI集合的信息, 所述周期 性的 TTI集合的信息包括所述周期性的 TTI的集合的周期以及所述周期性的 TTI的集合中 TTI的偏移量。 结合第二方面或其第一至第五种可能实现的方式中的任一种, 在第二方 面的第六种可能实现的方式中,  The TTI set that is higher than the preset value of the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal that is higher than the network device of the network device, and the pair receives the semi-static The TTI set with the interference of the UE configured with the signaling being lower than the preset value is a TTI set whose transmission power is higher than the network device of the network device that does not send the downlink signal; the determined first transmission mode is a single transmission mode a transmission mode of the closed-loop spatial multiplexing of the layer, where the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a transmission of up to 8 layers; or the interference of the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is high The TTI set of the preset value is a TTI set of the interactive backhaul information between the network devices, and the TTI set that is less than the preset value of the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is not between the network devices. a TTI set of interactive backhaul information; the determined first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is single layer transmission or large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD, or the transmission mode is not supported Coordinated multi-point transmission/reception CoMP transmission mode, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single antenna port, and the determined second transmission mode is a spatial multiplexing transmission mode in which the transmission mode is greater than 1 layer, or a transmission mode Supports the transmission mode of CoMP, or the transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing. In combination with the second aspect or any of the first to fourth possible implementation manners, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, The information of the at least one TTI set includes information of a periodic set of TTIs, where the information of the periodic set of TTIs includes a period of the set of periodic TTIs and a bias of the TTIs in the set of periodic TTIs. Transfer amount. In conjunction with the second aspect or any of the first to fifth possible implementations, in a sixth possible implementation of the second aspect,
当所述半静态配置信令携带所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息 中的一个 TTI集合信息时, 所述方法还包括: 根据所述半静态配置信令携带的所述一个 TTI集合信息, 确定所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 ΤΤΙ集合信息中的另一个 ΤΤΙ集合信息。 结合第二方面或其第一至第六种可能实现的方式中的任一种, 在第二方 面的第七种可能实现的方式中, 接收网络设备发送的半静态配置信令之后, 还包括: 接收所述网络设备发送的激活信令; When the semi-static configuration signaling carries one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, the method further includes: performing, according to the semi-static configuration signaling, the one TTI Collecting information, determining the first Another set of information in the TTI set information and the second set of information. With reference to the second aspect, or any one of the first to the sixth possible implementation manners, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the second aspect, after receiving the semi-static configuration signaling sent by the network device, : receiving activation signaling sent by the network device;
根据所述信令, 在所述第一 ΤΤΙ集合和所述第二 ΤΤΙ集合的 ΤΤΙ内, 采 用相应的传输模式传输信号。 结合第二方面或其第一至第七种可能实现的方式中的任一种, 在第二方 面的第八种可能实现的方式中, 还包括:  According to the signaling, a signal is transmitted in a corresponding transmission mode in the first set and the second set. In combination with the second aspect or any of the first to seventh possible implementation manners, in the eighth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes:
在所述第一 ΤΤΙ集合中, 采用第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的初 次传输;  In the first set, the initial transmission of data is performed by using a transmission mode in the first transmission mode;
接收所述网络设备发送的采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数据 的重新传输的第一指示; 根据接收的所述第一指示, 采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数 据的重新传输; 或者, 还包括:  Receiving, by the network device, a first indication of performing retransmission of data by using a transmission mode in the first transmission mode; and performing data according to the first transmission mode by using the first indication received Retransmission; or, also includes:
在所述第二 ΤΤΙ集合中, 采用第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的初 次传输;  In the second set, the initial transmission of data is performed by using a transmission mode in the second transmission mode;
接收所述网络设备发送的采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数据 的重新传输的第二指示; 根据接收的所述第二指示, 采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数 据的重新传输。 结合第二方面或其第一至第八种可能实现的方式中的任一种可能, 在第 二方面的第九种可能实现的方式中,  Receiving, by the network device, a second indication for performing retransmission of data by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode; and performing data according to the transmission mode in the second transmission mode according to the received second indication Retransmission. In combination with the second aspect or any of the first to eighth possible implementations thereof, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the second aspect,
所述半静态配置信令中还携带有所述第三 ΤΤΙ集合信息和所述第四 ΤΤΙ 集合信息中的至少一个 ΤΤΙ集合信息, 以及所述第三传输模式信息和所述第 四传输模式信息; 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式为上行传输模式, 所述 第三传输模式和第四传输模式为下行传输模式, 或者, 所述第一传输模式和 第二传输模式为下行传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式为上行传 输模式; The semi-static configuration signaling further carries at least one of the third set information and the fourth set information, and the third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission mode information. The first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, where The third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes;
所述第三传输模式为所述网络设备确定的所述第三 TTI集合对应的传输 模式, 所述第四传输模式为所述网络设备确定的所述第四 TTI集合对应的传 输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第第四传输模式不同。 结合第二方面的第九种可能实现的方式, 在第二方面的第十种可能实现 的方式中,  The third transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set determined by the network device, and the fourth transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set determined by the network device, The third transmission mode is different from the fourth transmission mode. In conjunction with the ninth possible implementation of the second aspect, in a tenth possible implementation of the second aspect,
所述第三 TTI集合、 第四 TTI集合和所述第一 TTI集合、 第二 TTI集合 部分重叠。 结合第二方面或其第一至第十种可能实现的方式中的任一种, 在第二方 面的第十一种可能实现的方式中,  The third TTI set, the fourth TTI set, and the first TTI set and the second TTI set partially overlap. In combination with the second aspect or any of the first to tenth possible implementation manners, in an eleventh possible implementation manner of the second aspect,
根据所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合 信息, 以及第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息, 在所述第一 TTI集合和 所述第二 TTI集合的 TTI内, 采用相应的传输模式传输信号, 包括: 根据所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合 信息确定用来传输信号的 TTI所属的 TTI集合; 若所述用来传输信号的 TTI属于所述第一 TTI集合, 则在所述用来传输 信号的 TTI上采用所述第一传输模式传输信号; 若所述用来传输信号的 TTI 属于所述第二 TTI集合, 则在所述用来传输信号的 TTI上采用所述第二传输 模式传输信号。 第三方面, 本发明实施例提供一种配置无线通信系统信号传输方式的网 络设备, 包括: 传输模式确定单元, 用于确定第一传输时间间隔 TTI集合对应的第一传 输模式和第二 TTI集合对应的第二传输模式, 所述第一传输模式和第二传输 模式不同;  And at least one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, in the first TTI set and the second TTI set In the TTI, the signal is transmitted by using the corresponding transmission mode, including: determining, according to the at least one TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, a TTI set to which the TTI used to transmit the signal belongs; The TTI to transmit the signal belongs to the first set of TTIs, and the first transmission mode is used to transmit the signal on the TTI for transmitting the signal; if the TTI used to transmit the signal belongs to the second TTI set And transmitting the signal in the second transmission mode on the TTI for transmitting the signal. In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a network device for configuring a signal transmission mode of a wireless communication system, including: a transmission mode determining unit, configured to determine a first transmission mode and a second TTI set corresponding to a first transmission time interval TTI set Corresponding second transmission mode, where the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different;
信令发送单元, 用于通过半静态配置信令向用户设备 UE 发送所述第一 TTI集合信息和所述第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所 述第一传输模式信息和所述第二传输模式信息。 结合第三方面, 在第三方面的第一种可能实现的方式中, 所述传输模式确定单元确定的所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式为 上行传输模式,或者所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式为下行传输模式。 结合第三方面或其第一种可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第二种可能的 实现方式中, a signaling sending unit, configured to send, by using the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information to the user equipment UE, and The first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information are described. With reference to the third aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode determined by the transmission mode determining unit are an uplink transmission mode, or the first The transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes. With reference to the third aspect or the first possible implementation manner thereof, in a second possible implementation manner of the third aspect,
所述传输模式确定单元的处理对象中,所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI 集合之间的交集为 0。 结合第三方面或其第一或第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第三种 可能的实现方式中, 所述传输模式确定单元的处理对象中,  In the processing object of the transmission mode determining unit, an intersection between the first TTI set and the second TTI set is 0. With reference to the third aspect, or the first or second possible implementation manner thereof, in a third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the processing object of the transmission mode determining unit,
所述第一 TTI集合为对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合,所述第二 TTI集合为对所述 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合; 所述传输模式确定 单元确定的所述第一传输模式的可靠性高于所述第二传输模式, 确定的所述 第二传输模式的传输效率高于所述第一传输模式;  The first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs that have a higher interference to the UE than a preset value, and the second set of TTIs is a set of TTIs that have interference with the UE that is lower than the preset value; The reliability of the first transmission mode determined by the determining unit is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is higher than the first transmission mode;
或者, 所述第一 TTI集合为用于发送第一数据量的 TTI集合, 所述第二 集合为用于发送第二数据量的 TTI集合,所述第一数据量大于或等于门限值, 所述第二数据量小于所述门限值, 所述传输模式确定单元确定的所述第一传 输模式的传输效率高于所述第二传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式的可靠 性高于所述第一传输模式。 结合第三方面或其第一至第三种可能的实现方式中的任一种, 在第三方 面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述传输模式确定单元的处理对象中,  Or the first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs for transmitting a first amount of data, and the second set is a set of TTIs for sending a second amount of data, where the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold value, The second data amount is less than the threshold value, and the transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode determined by the transmission mode determining unit is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined reliability of the second transmission mode is determined. Higher than the first transmission mode. With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the first to third possible implementation manners, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in the processing object of the transmission mode determining unit,
所述对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为发送功率高于第一网络设 备的第二网络设备发送下行信号的 TTI集合,所述对所述 UE的干扰低于所述 预设值的 TTI集合为所述第二网络设备未发送下行信号的 TTI集合, 所述第 一网络设备为向所述 UE发送所述半静态配置信令的网络设备;所述传输模式 确定单元确定的所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单层的闭环空间复用的传输 模式,确定的所述第二传输模式为传输方式为最高达 8层的传输的传输模式; 或者,所述对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间交互 回程信息或用户设备之间进行设备间直接通信 D2D的 TTI集合, 所述对所述 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间未交互回程信息或未进 行 D2D的 TTI集合; 所述传输模式确定单元确定的所述第一传输模式为传输 方式为单层传输或大延迟循环延迟分集 CDD的传输模式, 或者为传输方式不 支持协作多点发送 /接收 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为单天线端口的 传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式为传输方式为大于 1层的空间复用的传 输模式, 或者为传输方式支持 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为空间复用 的传输模式。 结合第三方面或其第一至第四种可能的实现方式中的任一种, 在第三方 面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述信令发送单元通过半静态配置信令发送的所述至少一个 TTI集合的 信息包括周期性的 TTI集合的信息, 所述周期性的 TTI集合的信息包括所述 周期性的 TTI的集合的周期以及所述周期性的 TTI的集合中 TTI的偏移量。 结合第三方面或其第一至第五种可能的实现方式中的任一种, 在第三方 面的第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备还包括: 激活单元, 用于在所述信令发送单元通过半静态配置信令向用户设备 UE 发送所述第一 TTI集合信息和所述第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合 信息, 以及所述第一传输模式信息和所述第二传输模式信息之后, 向所述 UE 发送激活信令, 以使所述 UE 在接收到所述激活信令后, 根据所述至少一个 TTI 集合的信息, 以及所述第一传输模式信息和所述第二传输模式信息, 在 所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合的 TTI内, 采用相应的传输模式传输 信号。 结合第三方面或其第一至第六种可能的实现方式中的任一种, 在第三方 面的第七种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备还包括: 第一数据接收单元,用于接收所述 UE在所述第一 TTI集合中采用所述第 一传输模式下的传输方式初次传输的数据并进行解码; 第一指示单元, 用于在解码失败的情况下, 向所述 UE发送采用所述第一 传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的重新传输的第一指示; The TTI set that is higher than the preset value of the UE is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal to the second network device whose transmit power is higher than the first network device, where the interference to the UE is lower than the preset The set TTI set is a TTI set in which the second network device does not send a downlink signal, where the first network device is a network device that sends the semi-static configuration signaling to the UE; the transmission mode determining unit determines The first transmission mode is a closed-loop spatial multiplexing transmission with a single transmission mode The mode, the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a transmission of up to 8 layers; or the TTI set in which the interference to the UE is higher than a preset value is an interactive backhaul information between network devices. Or the TTI set of the D2D is directly communicated between the user equipments, and the TTI set that is lower than the preset value by the UE is a non-interactive backhaul information between the network devices or a TTI set that is not D2D; The first transmission mode determined by the transmission mode determining unit is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single layer transmission or a large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode does not support coordinated multipoint transmission/reception CoMP, or For the transmission mode of the single antenna port, the determined second transmission mode is a spatially multiplexed transmission mode with a transmission mode greater than 1 layer, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode supports CoMP, or the transmission mode is space. Multiplexed transmission mode. With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the first to fourth possible implementation manners, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the signaling sending unit sends the information by semi-static configuration signaling The information of the at least one TTI set includes information of a periodic set of TTIs, where the information of the periodic set of TTIs includes a period of the set of periodic TTIs and a bias of the TTIs in the set of periodic TTIs. Transfer amount. With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the first to fifth possible implementation manners, in the sixth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the network device further includes: an activation unit, Transmitting, by the semi-static configuration signaling, the at least one TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the After the second transmission mode information, sending the activation signaling to the UE, after the UE receives the activation signaling, according to the information of the at least one TTI set, and the first transmission mode information and The second transmission mode information, in a TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set, transmits a signal by using a corresponding transmission mode. With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the first to the sixth possible implementation manners, in the seventh possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the network device further includes: a first data receiving unit, Receiving, by the UE, data that is initially transmitted by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode in the first TTI set, and performing decoding; a first indication unit, configured to send, to the UE, a first indication that the data is retransmitted by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode, if the decoding fails;
所述第一数据单元,还用于接收所述 UE根据所述第一指示单元发送的所 述第一指示, 采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式重新传输的数据并进行解 码; 或者, 所述网络设备还包括: 第二数据接收单元,用于接收所述 UE在所述第二 TTI集合中采用第二传 输模式下的传输方式初次传输的数据并进行解码; 第二指示单元, 用于在解码失败的情况下, 向所述 UE发送采用所述第二 传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的重新传输的第二指示;  The first data unit is further configured to receive data that is retransmitted by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode by the UE according to the first indication sent by the first indication unit, and perform decoding; or The network device further includes: a second data receiving unit, configured to receive, by the UE, the data that is initially transmitted by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode in the second TTI set, and perform decoding; Transmitting, to the UE, a second indication that the data is retransmitted by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode;
所述第二数据单元,还用于接收所述 UE根据所述第二指示单元发送的所 述第二指示, 采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式重新传输的数据并进行解 码。 结合第三方面或其第一至第七种可能的实现方式中的任一种, 在第三方 面的第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述传输模式确定单元还用于确定第三 TTI集合对应的第三传输模式和 第四 TTI集合对应的第四传输模式,所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式不同; 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式为上行传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第 四传输模式为下行传输模式, 或者, 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式为下 行传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式为上行传输模式; 所述信令发送单元还用于通过所述半静态配置信令向用户设备 UE 发送 所述第三 TTI集合信息和所述第四 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第三传输模式信息和所述第四传输模式信息, 还包括: 通过所述半 静态配置信令向所述 UE发送所述第三 TTI集合信息和所述第四 TTI集合信息 中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第三传输模式信息和所述第四传输模 式信息。 结合第三方面的第八种可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第九种可能的实 现方式中, 所述传输模式确定单元的处理对象中, 所述第三 TT集合、第四 TTI集合 和所述第一 TTI集合、 第二 TTI集合部分重叠。 第四方面, 本发明实施例提供一种用户设备, 包括: 配置信令接收单元, 用于接收网络设备发送的半静态配置信令, 所述半 静态配置信令携带有第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI 集合信息, 以及第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息, 所述第一传输模式 为所述网络设备确定的所述第一 TTI集合对应的传输模式, 所述第二传输模 式为所述网络设备确定的所述第二 TTI集合对应的传输模式, 所述第一传输 模式和第二传输模式不同; 传输单元, 用于根据所述配置信令接收单元接收的半静态配置信令中携 带的所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息, 在所述第一 TTI集合和所述第 二 TTI集合的 TTI内, 采用相应的传输模式传输信号。 结合第四方面, 在第四方面的第一种可能实现的方式中, 所述配置信令接收单元接收的所述半静态配置信令携带的所述第一传输 模式信息和第二传输模式信息对应的所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式 为上行传输模式, 或者所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式为下行传输模 式。 结合第四方面或其第一种可能实现的方式, 在第四方面的第二种可能实 现的方式中, 所述配置信令接收单元接收的半静态配置信令携带的所述至少一个 TTI 集合信息中, 第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合之间的交集为 0。 结合第四方面或其第一或第二种可能实现的方式, 在第四方面的第三种 可能实现的方式中, 所述配置信令接收单元接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至少一个The second data unit is further configured to receive data that is retransmitted by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode by the UE according to the second indication sent by the second indication unit, and perform decoding. With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the first to the seventh possible implementation manners, in the eighth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the transmission mode determining unit is further configured to determine a third TTI set Corresponding third transmission mode and a fourth transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set, where the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are different; the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, where the The third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes; The sending unit is further configured to send, by using the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information, to the user equipment UE. And the fourth transmission mode information, the method further includes: sending, by the semi-static configuration signaling, the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information to the UE At least one TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission mode information. In conjunction with the eighth possible implementation of the third aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, In the processing target of the transmission mode determining unit, the third TT set, the fourth TTI set, and the first TTI set and the second TTI set partially overlap. In a fourth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment, including: a configuration signaling receiving unit, configured to receive semi-static configuration signaling sent by a network device, where the semi-static configuration signaling carries a first TTI set information and At least one TTI set information of the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, where the first transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the first TTI set determined by the network device, The second transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the second TTI set determined by the network device, where the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different; and a transmission unit, configured to receive, according to the configuration signaling unit At least one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information carried in the received semi-static configuration signaling, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, in the first TTI Within the TTI of the set and the second set of TTIs, the signals are transmitted using respective transmission modes. With reference to the fourth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried by the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit The corresponding first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes. With reference to the fourth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner thereof, in the second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the at least one TTI set carried by the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit In the information, the intersection between the first TTI set and the second TTI set is zero. With reference to the fourth aspect, or the first or the second possible implementation manner thereof, in a third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the configuration that is carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit at least one
TTI集合信息中, 所述第一 TTI集合为对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干 扰高于预设值的 TTI集合, 所述第二 TTI集合为对接收所述半静态配置信令 的 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合,所述配置信令接收单元接收的半静 态配置信令中携带的所述第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息中, 所述第 一传输模式的可靠性高于所述第二传输模式, 所述第二传输模式的传输效率 高于所述第一传输模式; 或者, 所述配置信令接收单元接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至少 一个 TTI集合信息中,所述第一 TTI集合为用于发送第一数据量的 TTI集合, 所述第二集合为用于发送第二数据量的 TTI集合, 所述第一数据量大于或等 于门限值, 所述第二数据量小于所述门限值, 所述配置信令接收单元接收的 半静态配置信令中携带的所述第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息中, 所 述第一传输模式的传输效率高于所述第二传输模式, 所述第二传输模式的可 靠性高于所述第一传输模式。 结合第四方面或其第一至第三种可能实现的方式中的任一种, 在第四方 面的第四种可能实现的方式中, 所述配置信令接收单元接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至少一个In the TTI set information, the first TTI set is a TTI set that is higher than a preset value for the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling, and the second TTI set is used to receive the semi-static configuration signaling. The interference of the UE is lower than the TTI set of the preset value, and the configuration signaling receiving unit receives the semi-static In the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in the state configuration signaling, the reliability of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, and the transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is high. In the first transmission mode, or in the at least one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit, the first TTI set is used to send the first data volume. a set of TTIs, the second set is a set of TTIs for transmitting a second amount of data, the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold, and the second amount of data is less than the threshold, the configuration The first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the signaling receiving unit, the transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, where The reliability of the two transmission modes is higher than the first transmission mode. With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the first to the third possible implementation manners, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit The at least one carried in
TTI集合信息中, 所述对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为发送功率高于所述网络设备的网络设备发送下行信号的 TTI集合, 所述对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为发 送功率高于所述网络设备的网络设备未发送下行信号的 TTI集合; 所述配置 信令接收单元接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述第一传输模式信息和第二 传输模式信息中, 所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单层的闭环空间复用的传 输模式, 所述第二传输模式为传输方式为最高达 8层的传输的传输模式; 或者, 所述配置信令接收单元接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至少 一个 TTI集合信息中,所述对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰高于预设 值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间交互回程信息的 TTI集合, 所述对接收所述半 静态配置信令的 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间未交互 回程信息的 TTI集合; 所述配置信令接收单元接收的半静态配置信令中携带 的所述第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息中, 所述第一传输模式为传输 方式为单层传输或大延迟循环延迟分集 CDD的传输模式, 或者为传输方式不 支持协作多点发送 /接收 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为单天线端口的 传输模式,所述第二传输模式为传输方式为大于 1层的空间复用的传输模式, 或者为传输方式支持 CoMP的传输模式,或者为传输方式为空间复用的传输模 式。 结合第四方面或其第一至第四种可能实现的方式中的任一种, 在第四方 面的第五种可能实现的方式中, 所述配置信令接收单元接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至少一个 TTI集合的信息包括周期性的 TTI集合的信息, 所述周期性的 TTI集合的信 息包括所述周期性的 TTI的集合的周期以及所述周期性的 TTI的集合中 TTI 的偏移量。 结合第四方面或其第一至第五种可能实现的方式中的任一种, 在第四方 面的第六种可能实现的方式中, 当所述配置信令接收单元接收的半静态配置 信令携带所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的一个 TTI集合信息 时, 所述传输单元还用于根据所述半静态配置信令携带的所述两个 TTI集合 中的一个 TTI集合的信息, 确定第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的 另一个 TTI集合信息。 结合第四方面或其第一至第六种可能实现的方式中的任一种, 在第四方 面的第七种可能实现的方式中, 所述用户设备还包括: 激活信令接收单元, 用于在所述配置信令接收单元接收网络设备发送的 半静态配置信令之后, 接收所述网络设备发送的激活信令; 所述传输单元, 用于根据所述激活信令接收单元接收的所述激活信令, 在所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合的 TTI内, 采用相应的传输模式传 输信号。 结合第四方面或其第一至第七种可能实现的方式中的任一种, 在第四方 面的第八种可能实现的方式中, 所述 传输单元还用于: 在所述第一 TTI集合中, 采用第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的初 次传输; 接收所述网络设备发送的采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数据 的重新传输的第一指示; 根据接收的所述第一指示, 采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数 据的重新传输; 或者, 所述传输单元还用于: In the TTI set information, the TTI set that is higher than the preset value of the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal that is higher than the network device of the network device, where the pair The TTI set of the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling with the interference lower than the preset value is a TTI set whose transmission power is higher than that of the network device of the network device, and the downlink signal is not sent; the configuration signaling receiving unit receives In the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling, the first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing, and the second transmission The mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a transmission of up to 8 layers; or, in the at least one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit, the pair receives the half The TTI set of the UE with static configuration signaling higher than the preset value is a TTI set of the inter-network backhaul information between the network devices, and the interference of the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is low. The TTI set of the preset value is a TTI set of the non-interactive backhaul information between the network devices; the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit In the information, the first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single layer transmission or a large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode does not support coordinated multipoint transmission/reception CoMP, or the transmission mode is single. a transmission mode of the antenna port, where the second transmission mode is a spatially multiplexed transmission mode in which the transmission mode is greater than one layer. Or the transmission mode supports CoMP transmission mode, or the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing transmission mode. With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the first to fourth possible implementation manners, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit The information of the at least one TTI set carried in the information includes a periodic set of TTI information, where the information of the periodic TTI set includes a period of the set of periodic TTIs and a set of the periodic TTIs The offset of the TTI. With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the first to fifth possible implementation manners, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, when the configuration signaling receiving unit receives the semi-static configuration information The transmitting unit is further configured to: according to the one of the two TTI sets carried in the semi-static configuration signaling, the TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information The aggregated information determines another TTI set information in the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information. With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the first to the sixth possible implementation manners, in the seventh possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the user equipment further includes: an activation signaling receiving unit, After receiving the semi-static configuration signaling sent by the network device, the configuration signaling receiving unit receives the activation signaling sent by the network device, and the transmitting unit is configured to receive according to the activation signaling receiving unit. The activation signaling is performed by using a corresponding transmission mode in the TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set. With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the first to seventh possible implementation manners, in the eighth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the transmitting unit is further configured to: in the first TTI In the set, the first transmission of the data is performed by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode; and receiving, by the network device, a first indication that the data is retransmitted by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode; Retransmitting data by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode according to the received first indication; or, the transmission unit is further configured to:
在所述第二 TTI集合中, 采用第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的初 次传输; 接收所述网络设备发送的采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数据 的重新传输的第二指示; 根据接收的所述第二指示, 采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数 据的重新传输。 结合第四方面或其第一至第八种可能实现的方式中的任一种, 在第四方 面的第九种可能实现的方式中, 所述配置信令接收单元接收的半静态配置信令还携带有所述第三 TTI集 合信息和所述第四 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第三 传输模式信息和所述第四传输模式信息; 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式 为上行传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式为下行传输模式, 或者, 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式为下行传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第 四传输模式为上行传输模式; 所述第三传输模式为所述网络设备确定的所述第三 TTI集合对应的传输 模式, 所述第四传输模式为所述网络设备确定的所述第四 TTI集合对应的传 输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第第四传输模式不同。 结合第四方面的第九种可能实现的方式, 在第四方面的第十种可能实现 的方式中, 所述配置信令接收单元接收的半静态配置信令携带的所述第三 TTI集合 信息和所述第四 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息中, 所述第三 TTI 集合、 第四 TTI集合和所述第一 TTI集合、 第二 TTI集合部分重叠。 结合第四方面或其第一至第十种可能实现的方式中的任一种, 在第四方 面的第十一种可能实现的方式中, 所述传输单元具体用于:  In the second TTI set, the first transmission of the data is performed by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode; and the second transmission by the network device by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode for retransmission of data is received. Instructing; according to the received second indication, performing retransmission of data by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode. With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the first to eighth possible implementation manners, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit And carrying at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission mode information; the first transmission mode and The second transmission mode is an uplink transmission mode, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode is The fourth transmission mode is an uplink transmission mode, the third transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set determined by the network device, and the fourth transmission mode is the fourth determined by the network device The TTI sets a corresponding transmission mode, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are different. With reference to the ninth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the third TTI set information carried by the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit And in the at least one TTI set information in the fourth TTI set information, the third TTI set, the fourth TTI set, and the first TTI set and the second TTI set partially overlap. With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the first to the tenth possible implementation manners, in the eleventh possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the transmission unit is specifically configured to:
根据所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合 信息确定用来传输信号的 TTI所属的 TTI集合; 若所述用来传输信号的 TTI属于所述第一 TTI集合, 则在所述用来传输 信号的 TTI上采用所述第一传输模式传输信号; 若所述用来传输信号的 TTI 属于所述第二 TTI集合, 则在所述用来传输信号的 TTI上采用所述第二传输 模式传输信号。 According to at least one TTI set of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information The information determines a TTI set to which the TTI used to transmit the signal belongs; if the TTI used to transmit the signal belongs to the first TTI set, transmitting the signal in the first transmission mode on the TTI used to transmit the signal And if the TTI for transmitting the signal belongs to the second TTI set, transmitting the signal by using the second transmission mode on the TTI for transmitting the signal.
第五方面, 本发明实施例提供一种网络设备, 包括:  A fifth aspect of the present invention provides a network device, including:
处理器, 用于确定第一传输时间间隔 TTI集合对应的第一传输模式和第 二 TTI集合对应的第二传输模式, 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式不同; 发射器,用于通过半静态配置信令向用户设备 UE发送所述处理器确定的 所述第一 TTI集合信息和所述第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第一传输模式信息和所述第二传输模式信息。 结合第五方面, 在第五方面的第一种可能实现的方式中, 所述处理器确 定的所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式为上行传输模式, 或者所述第一 传输模式和所述第二传输模式为下行传输模式。 结合第五方面或其第一种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第二种可能的 实现方式中, 所述处理器的处理对象中, 所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI 集合之间的交集为 0。 结合第五方面或其第一或第二种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第三种 可能的实现方式中,  a processor, configured to determine a first transmission mode corresponding to the first transmission time interval TTI set and a second transmission mode corresponding to the second TTI set, where the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different; The semi-static configuration signaling sends, to the user equipment UE, at least one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information determined by the processor, and the first transmission mode information and the Second transmission mode information. With reference to the fifth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode determined by the processor are an uplink transmission mode, or the first transmission mode And the second transmission mode is a downlink transmission mode. With reference to the fifth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner thereof, in a second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the processing object of the processor, the first TTI set and the second TTI set The intersection between them is 0. With reference to the fifth aspect, or the first or second possible implementation manner thereof, in a third possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect,
所述处理器的处理对象中,  Among the processing objects of the processor,
所述第一 TTI集合为对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合,所述第二 TTI集合为对所述 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合; 所述处理器确定的 所述第一传输模式的可靠性高于所述第二传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模 式的传输效率高于所述第一传输模式;  The first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs that have interference with the UE that is higher than a preset value, and the second set of TTIs is a set of TTIs that have interference with the UE that is lower than the preset value; Determining that the reliability of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, and determining that the transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is higher than the first transmission mode;
或者, 所述第一 TTI集合为用于发送第一数据量的 TTI集合, 所述第二 集合为用于发送第二数据量的 TTI集合,所述第一数据量大于或等于门限值, 所述第二数据量小于所述门限值, 所述处理器确定的所述第一传输模式的传 输效率高于所述第二传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式的可靠性高于所述 第一传输模式。 结合第五方面或其第一至第三种可能的实现方式中的任一种可能的实现 方式, 在第五方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器的处理对象中, 所述对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为发送功率高于第一网络设 备的第二网络设备发送下行信号的 TTI集合,所述对所述 UE的干扰低于所述 预设值的 TTI集合为所述第二网络设备未发送下行信号的 TTI集合, 所述第 一网络设备为向所述 UE发送所述半静态配置信令的网络设备;所述处理器确 定的所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单层的闭环空间复用的传输模式, 确定 的所述第二传输模式为传输方式为最高达 8层的传输的传输模式; 或者,所述对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间交互 回程信息或用户设备之间进行设备间直接通信 D2D的 TTI集合, 所述对所述 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间未交互回程信息或未进 行 D2D的 TTI集合; 所述处理器确定的所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单层 传输或大延迟循环延迟分集 CDD的传输模式, 或者为传输方式不支持协作多 点发送 /接收 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为单天线端口的传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式为传输方式为大于 1层的空间复用的传输模式, 或 者为传输方式支持 CoMP 的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为空间复用的传输模 式。 结合第五方面或其第一至第四种可能的实现方式中的任一种, 在第五方 面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述发射器通过半静态配置信令发送的所述 至少一个 TTI集合的信息包括周期性的 TTI集合的信息, 所述周期性的 TTI 集合的信息包括所述周期性的 TTI的集合的周期以及所述周期性的 TTI的集 合中 TTI的偏移量。 结合第五方面或其第一至第五种可能的实现方式中的任一种, 在第五方 面的第六种可能的实现方式中所述发射器还用于在通过半静态配置信令向用 户设备 UE发送所述第一 TTI集合信息和所述第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI 集合信息, 以及所述第一传输模式信息和所述第二传输模式信息之后, 向所述 UE发送激活信令, 以使所述 UE在接收到所述激活信令后, 根据所述 至少一个 TTI集合的信息, 以及所述第一传输模式信息和所述第二传输模式 信息, 在所述第一 ΤΤΙ集合和所述第二 ΤΤΙ集合的 ΤΤΙ内, 采用相应的传输 模式传输信号。 Or the first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs for transmitting a first amount of data, and the second set is a set of TTIs for sending a second amount of data, where the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold value, The second data volume is less than the threshold value, and the transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode determined by the processor is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined reliability of the second transmission mode is higher than Said The first transmission mode. With reference to the fifth aspect, or any one of the first to third possible implementation manners, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, The TTI set that the interference of the UE is higher than the preset value is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal to the second network device whose transmit power is higher than the first network device, where the interference to the UE is lower than the preset. a TTI set of values is a TTI set in which the second network device does not send a downlink signal, where the first network device is a network device that sends the semi-static configuration signaling to the UE; The first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing, and the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a transmission of up to 8 layers; or the The TTI set with the interference higher than the preset value is the TTI set of the D2D for the inter-device direct communication between the network devices, and the TTI set of the inter-device direct communication between the user equipments. Network equipment The first transmission mode determined by the processor is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is single layer transmission or large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD, or the transmission mode does not support cooperation. Multi-point transmission/reception CoMP transmission mode, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single antenna port, and the determined second transmission mode is a spatial multiplexing transmission mode in which the transmission mode is greater than one layer, or is supported by a transmission mode. The transmission mode of CoMP, or the transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing. With reference to the fifth aspect, or any one of the first to fourth possible implementation manners, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, The information of the at least one TTI set includes information of a periodic set of TTIs, where the information of the periodic set of TTIs includes a period of the set of periodic TTIs and an offset of TTIs in the set of periodic TTIs. . With reference to the fifth aspect, or any one of the first to fifth possible implementation manners thereof, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the transmitter is further configured to perform signaling through semi-static configuration Transmitting, by the user equipment UE, at least one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, to the UE Activating signaling, after the UE receives the activation signaling, according to the The information of the at least one TTI set, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, are transmitted in a corresponding transmission mode in the first set and the second set.
结合第五方面或其第一至第六种可能的实现方式中的任一种可能的实现 方式, 在第五方面的第七种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备还包括:  With reference to the fifth aspect, or any one of the first to the sixth possible implementation manners, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the network device further includes:
第一接收器,用于接收所述 UE在所述第一 ΤΤΙ集合中采用所述第一传输 模式下的传输方式初次传输的数据;  a first receiver, configured to receive data that is initially transmitted by the UE in the first set of transmissions by using a transmission mode in the first transmission mode;
所述处理器,还用于对所述第一接收器接收的所述 UE初次传输的数据进 行解码;  The processor is further configured to decode data that is initially transmitted by the UE that is received by the first receiver;
所述发射器, 还用于在所述处理器解码失败的情况下, 向所述 UE发送采 用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的重新传输的第一指示;  The transmitter is further configured to send, to the UE, a first indication that data is retransmitted by using a transmission mode in the first transmission mode, if the processor fails to decode;
所述第一接收器,还用于接收所述 UE根据所述发射器发送的所述第一指 示, 采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式重新传输的数据;  The first receiver is further configured to receive data that is retransmitted by the UE according to the first indication sent by the transmitter by using a transmission manner in the first transmission mode;
所述处理器,还用于对所述第一接收器接收的所述 UE重新传输的数据进 行解码;  The processor is further configured to decode data retransmitted by the UE received by the first receiver;
或者, 所述网络设备还包括:  Or the network device further includes:
第二接收器,用于接收所述 UE在所述第二 ΤΤΙ集合中采用第二传输模式 下的传输方式初次传输的数据;  a second receiver, configured to receive data that is initially transmitted by the UE in the second set of transmissions in a second transmission mode;
所述处理器,还用于对所述第二接收器接收的所述 UE初次传输的数据进 行解码;  The processor is further configured to decode data that is initially transmitted by the UE that is received by the second receiver;
所述发射器, 还用于在所述处理器解码失败的情况下, 向所述 UE发送采 用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的重新传输的第二指示;  The transmitter is further configured to send, to the UE, a second indication that the data is retransmitted by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode, if the processor fails to decode;
所述第二接收器,还用于接收所述 UE根据所述发射器发送的所述第二指 示, 采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式重新传输的数据;  The second receiver is further configured to receive data that is retransmitted by the UE according to the second indication sent by the transmitter by using a transmission manner in the second transmission mode;
所述处理器,还用于对所述第二接收器接收的所述 UE重新传输的数据进 行解码。  The processor is further configured to decode data retransmitted by the UE received by the second receiver.
结合第五方面或其第一至第七种可能的实现方式中的任一种, 在第五方 面的第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器还用于确定第三 TTI集合对应的第三传输模式和第四 TTI集 合对应的第四传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式不同; 所述第一 传输模式和第二传输模式为上行传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模 式为下行传输模式, 或者, 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式为下行传输模 式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式为上行传输模式; 所述发射器还用于通过所述半静态配置信令向用户设备 UE 发送所述第 三 TTI集合信息和所述第四 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及 所述第三传输模式信息和所述第四传输模式信息, 还包括: 通过所述半静态 配置信令向所述 UE发送所述第三 TTI集合信息和所述第四 TTI集合信息中的 至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第三传输模式信息和所述第四传输模式信 息。 结合第五方面的第八种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第九种可能的实 现方式中, 所述处理器的处理对象中, 所述第三 TT集合、 第四 TTI集合和所 述第一 TTI集合、 第二 TTI集合部分重叠。 第六方面, 本发明实施例提供一种配置无线通信系统信号传输方式的用 户设备, 包括: 接收器, 用于接收网络设备发送的半静态配置信令, 所述半静态配置信 令携带有第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息, 所述第一传输模式为所述网络 设备确定的所述第一 TTI集合对应的传输模式, 所述第二传输模式为所述网 络设备确定的所述第二 TTI集合对应的传输模式, 所述第一传输模式和第二 传输模式不同; 处理器, 用于根据所述接收器接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述第一In combination with the fifth aspect or any of the first to seventh possible implementations thereof, in the fifth party In an eighth possible implementation manner, the processor is further configured to determine a third transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set and a fourth transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set, where the third transmission mode and the fourth The transmission mode is different; the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are a downlink transmission mode, where the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes; the transmitter is further configured to send, by using the semi-static configuration signaling, the third TTI set information and the The at least one TTI set information in the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission mode information, further includes: sending the third to the UE by using the semi-static configuration signaling At least one of TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission mode information. With reference to the eighth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the processing object of the processor, the third TT set, the fourth TTI set, and the The first TTI set and the second TTI set partially overlap. According to a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment for configuring a signal transmission mode of a wireless communication system, including: a receiver, configured to receive semi-static configuration signaling sent by a network device, where the semi-static configuration signaling carries a At least one of the TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, where the first transmission mode is the first TTI set determined by the network device Corresponding transmission mode, the second transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the second TTI set determined by the network device, where the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different; The first carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver
TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及第一传 输模式信息和第二传输模式信息, 在所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合 的 TTI内, 发出采用相应的传输模式传输信号的指示; 所述接收器, 还用于根据所述处理器的指示采用相应的传输模式接收信 号; 发射器, 用于根据所述处理器的指示采用相应的传输模式发送信号。 结合第六方面, 在第六方面的第一种可能实现的方式中, 所述接收器接 收的所述半静态配置信令携带的所述第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息 对应的所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式为上行传输模式, 或者所述第 一传输模式和所述第二传输模式为下行传输模式。 结合第六方面或其第一种可能实现的方式, 在第六方面的第二种可能实 现的方式中, 所述接收器接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至少一个 TTI 集合信息中, 第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合之间的交集为 0。 结合第六方面或其第一或第二种可能实现的方式, 在第六方面的第三种 可能实现的方式中, 所述接收器接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至少一个 TTI集合信息 中,所述第一 TTI集合为对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰高于预设值 的 TTI集合,所述第二 TTI集合为对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰低 于所述预设值的 TTI集合, 所述接收器接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述 第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息中, 所述第一传输模式的可靠性高于 所述第二传输模式, 所述第二传输模式的传输效率高于所述第一传输模式; 或者, 所述接收器接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至少一个 TTI集 合信息中, 所述第一 TTI集合为用于发送第一数据量的 TTI集合, 所述第二 集合为用于发送第二数据量的 TTI集合,所述第一数据量大于或等于门限值, 所述第二数据量小于所述门限值, 所述接收器接收的半静态配置信令中携带 的所述第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息中, 所述第一传输模式的传输 效率高于所述第二传输模式, 所述第二传输模式的可靠性高于所述第一传输 模式。 结合第六方面的第三种可能实现的方式, 在第六方面的第四种可能实现 的方式中, 所述接收器接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至少一个 TTI集合信息 中,所述对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为发 送功率高于所述网络设备的网络设备发送下行信号的 TTI集合, 所述对接收 所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为发送功率高于 所述网络设备的网络设备未发送下行信号的 TTI集合; 所述接收器接收的半 静态配置信令中携带的所述第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息中, 所述 第一传输模式为传输方式为单层的闭环空间复用的传输模式, 所述第二传输 模式为传输方式为最高达 8层的传输的传输模式; 或者, 所述接收器接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至少一个 TTI集 合信息中,所述对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集 合为网络设备之间交互回程信息的 TTI集合, 所述对接收所述半静态配置信 令的 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间未交互回程信息的 TTI 集合; 所述接收器接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述第一传输模式信 息和第二传输模式信息中, 所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单层传输或大延 迟循环延迟分集 CDD的传输模式,或者为传输方式不支持协作多点发送 /接收 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为单天线端口的传输模式, 所述第二传输 模式为传输方式为大于 1 层的空间复用的传输模式, 或者为传输方式支持 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为空间复用的传输模式。 结合第六方面或其第一至第四种可能实现的方式中的任一种, 在第六方 面的第五种可能实现的方式中, 所述接收器接收的半静态配置信令中携带的 所述至少一个 TTI集合的信息包括周期性的 TTI集合的信息, 所述周期性的 TTI集合的信息包括所述周期性的 TTI 的集合的周期以及所述周期性的 TTI 的集合中 TTI的偏移量。 结合第六方面或其第一至第五种可能实现的方式中的任一种, 在第六方 面的第六种可能实现的方式中, 当所述接收器接收的半静态配置信令携带所 述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的一个 TTI集合信息时, 所述处 理器还用于根据所述半静态配置信令携带的所述两个 TTI集合中的一个 TTI 集合的信息, 确定第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的另一个 TTI集 合信息。 结合第六方面或其第一至第六种可能实现的方式中的任一种, 在第六方 面的第七种可能实现的方式中, 所述接收器还用于在接收网络设备发送的半静态配置信令之后, 接收所 述网络设备发送的激活信令; 所述处理器还用于根据所述接收器接收的所述激活信令, 指示所述接收 器和所述发射器在所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合的 TTI内, 采用相 应的传输模式传输信号。 At least one of the TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, are sent in the TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set An indication of the transmission mode of the corresponding transmission mode; the receiver is further configured to receive the signal by using a corresponding transmission mode according to the indication of the processor; And a transmitter, configured to send a signal according to the indication of the processor by using a corresponding transmission mode. With reference to the sixth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information that are carried by the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver The first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes. With reference to the sixth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner thereof, in the second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the at least one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver is The intersection between the first TTI set and the second TTI set is zero. With reference to the sixth aspect, or the first or the second possible implementation manner thereof, in the third possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the at least one TTI carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver In the set information, the first TTI set is a TTI set whose interference to the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is higher than a preset value, and the second TTI set is used to receive the semi-static configuration signaling. The first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver are lower than the preset TTI set, and the first transmission mode is The reliability is higher than the second transmission mode, and the transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is higher than the first transmission mode; or the at least one TTI carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver In the set information, the first TTI set is a TTI set for transmitting a first data quantity, and the second set is a TTI set for sending a second data quantity, where the first data quantity is greater than or equal to a threshold Value, the second number The first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver are higher than the threshold, and the transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode is higher than the In the second transmission mode, the reliability of the second transmission mode is higher than the first transmission mode. With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the at least one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver, The TTI set that is higher than the preset value of the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal that is higher than the network device of the network device, and the pair receives the semi-static The TTI set of the UE configured with signaling lower than the preset value is higher than the transmit power The network device of the network device does not send the TTI set of the downlink signal; the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver, the first transmission mode The transmission mode is a single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing transmission mode, and the second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a transmission of up to 8 layers; or the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver is carried in the transmission mode. In the at least one TTI set information, the TTI set that is higher than the preset value of the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is a TTI set of the interactive backhaul information between the network devices, where the receiving station The TTI set of the UE with the semi-static configuration signaling being lower than the preset value is a TTI set of the non-interactive backhaul information between the network devices; the first part carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver In a transmission mode information and a second transmission mode information, the first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single layer transmission or a large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD, or is a transmission side. The transmission mode of the coordinated multi-point transmission/reception CoMP is not supported, or the transmission mode is a transmission mode of a single antenna port, and the second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing of more than one layer, or is a transmission mode. Supports the transmission mode of CoMP, or the transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing. With reference to the sixth aspect, or any one of the first to fourth possible implementation manners, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the receiver is configured to carry the semi-static configuration signaling The information of the at least one TTI set includes information of a periodic set of TTIs, where the information of the periodic set of TTIs includes a period of the set of periodic TTIs and a bias of the TTIs in the set of periodic TTIs. Transfer amount. With reference to the sixth aspect, or any one of the first to fifth possible implementation manners, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, when the receiver receives the semi-static configuration signaling carrying The processor is further configured to: according to the information of one TTI set of the two TTI sets carried by the semi-static configuration signaling, when the TTI set information and the second TTI set information are used. And determining another TTI set information in the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information. With reference to the sixth aspect, or any one of the first to sixth possible implementation manners, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the receiver is further configured to send the half sent by the network device After statically configuring the signaling, receiving the activation signaling sent by the network device; The processor is further configured to: according to the activation signaling received by the receiver, instruct the receiver and the transmitter to adopt corresponding in a TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set The transmission mode transmits signals.
结合第六方面或其第一至第七种可能实现的方式中的任一种, 在第六方 面的第八种可能实现的方式中,  In conjunction with any of the sixth aspect or any of the first to seventh possible implementations, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect,
所述接收器和发射器还用于在所述第一 TTI集合中, 采用第一传输模式 下的传输方式进行数据的初次传输;  The receiver and the transmitter are further configured to perform, in the first TTI set, the initial transmission of data by using a transmission mode in the first transmission mode;
所述接收器还用于接收所述网络设备发送的采用所述第一传输模式下的 传输方式进行数据的重新传输的第一指示;  The receiver is further configured to receive a first indication sent by the network device to perform retransmission of data by using a transmission manner in the first transmission mode;
所述处理器还用于根据所述接收器接收的所述第一指示, 指示所述接收 器和发射器采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的重新传输; 或者,  The processor is further configured to: according to the first indication received by the receiver, instruct the receiver and the transmitter to perform retransmission of data by using a transmission mode in the first transmission mode; or
所述接收器和发射器还用于在所述第二 TTI集合中, 采用第二传输模式 下的传输方式进行数据的初次传输;  The receiver and the transmitter are further configured to perform, in the second TTI set, the initial transmission of data by using a transmission mode in the second transmission mode;
所述接收器还用于接收所述网络设备发送的采用所述第二传输模式下的 传输方式进行数据的重新传输的第二指示;  The receiver is further configured to receive a second indication sent by the network device to perform retransmission of data by using a transmission mode in the second transmission mode;
所述处理器还用于根据所述接收器接收的所述第二指示, 指示所述接收 器和发射器采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的重新传输。 结合第六方面或其第一至第八种可能实现的方式中的任一种, 在第六方 面的第九种可能实现的方式中,  The processor is further configured to, according to the second indication received by the receiver, instruct the receiver and the transmitter to perform retransmission of data by using a transmission mode in the second transmission mode. In conjunction with any of the sixth aspect or any of the first to eighth possible implementations, in a ninth possible implementation of the sixth aspect,
所述接收器接收的半静态配置信令还携带有所述第三 TTI集合信息和所 述第四 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第三传输模式信 息和所述第四传输模式信息; 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式为上行传输 模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式为下行传输模式, 或者, 所述第一 传输模式和第二传输模式为下行传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模 式为上行传输模式;  The semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver further carries at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information and the fourth Transmission mode information; the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are a downlink transmission mode, where the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes;
所述第三传输模式为所述网络设备确定的所述第三 TTI集合对应的传输 模式, 所述第四传输模式为所述网络设备确定的所述第四 TTI集合对应的传 输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第第四传输模式不同。 结合第六方面的第九种可能实现的方式, 在第六方面的第十种可能实现 的方式中, 所述接收器接收的半静态配置信令携带的所述第三 TTI集合信息 和所述第四 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息中,所述第三 TTI集合、 第四 TTI集合和所述第一 TTI集合、 第二 TTI集合部分重叠。 结合第六方面或其第一至第十种可能实现的方式中的任一种, 在第六方 面的第十一种可能实现的方式中, 所述处理器具体用于: The third transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set determined by the network device, and the fourth transmission mode is a transmission corresponding to the fourth TTI set determined by the network device In the transmission mode, the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are different. With reference to the ninth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the third TTI set information carried by the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver, and the In the at least one TTI set information in the fourth TTI set information, the third TTI set, the fourth TTI set, and the first TTI set and the second TTI set partially overlap. With reference to the sixth aspect, or any one of the first to the tenth possible implementation manners, in the eleventh possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the processor is specifically configured to:
根据所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合 信息确定用来传输信号的 TTI所属的 TTI集合; 若所述用来传输信号的 TTI属于所述第一 TTI集合, 则在所述用来传输 信号的 TTI上指示所述接收器和发射器采用所述第一传输模式传输信号; 若 所述用来传输信号的 TTI属于所述第二 TTI集合, 则在所述用来传输信号的 TTI上指示所述接收器和发射器采用所述第二传输模式传输信号 第七方面, 本发明实施例提供一种计算机程序产品, 包括计算机可读介 质, 所述可读介质包括一组程序代码, 用于执行如第一方面或第二方面中的 任一种所述的配置无线通信系统信号传输方式的方法。 上述配置无线通信系统信号传输方式的方法及设备, 通过一个半静态配 置信令为 UE配置至少两种传输模式,并且不同传输模式对应的 TTI集合不同, 使得网络设备可以在不同的 TTI向 UE发送该 TTI所属的 TTI集合对应的传输 模式所对应的 DCI格式的信令,来调度 UE采用该信令所对应的传输方式传输 信号, 有效地降低了因配置传输模式导致的信令开销, 降低了信道负荷, 提 高了配置效率。  Determining, according to the at least one TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, a TTI set to which the TTI used to transmit the signal belongs; if the TTI used to transmit the signal belongs to the first TTI set, And indicating, on the TTI for transmitting a signal, that the receiver and the transmitter transmit the signal by using the first transmission mode; if the TTI for transmitting the signal belongs to the second TTI set, The seventh aspect of the present invention is to provide a computer program product, including a computer readable medium, the readable medium, on the TTI for transmitting a signal, indicating that the receiver and the transmitter transmit the signal by using the second transmission mode. A method of configuring a method of signaling a wireless communication system signal as described in any one of the first aspect or the second aspect, comprising a program code. The method and the device for configuring the signal transmission mode of the wireless communication system are configured to configure at least two transmission modes for the UE by using a semi-static configuration signaling, and the TTI sets corresponding to different transmission modes are different, so that the network device can send the UE to the TTI in different TTIs. The signaling of the DCI format corresponding to the transmission mode corresponding to the TTI set of the TTI is used to schedule the UE to transmit the signal by using the transmission mode corresponding to the signaling, thereby effectively reducing the signaling overhead caused by the configuration transmission mode, and reducing the signaling overhead. Channel load increases configuration efficiency.
附图说明 DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例中的技术方案, 下面将对实施例描述中 所需要使用的附图作简要介绍, 显而易见地, 下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发 明的一些实施例, 对于本领域的普通技术人员来讲, 在不付出创造性劳动性 的前提下, 还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。 图 1为本发明一个实施例提供的配置无线通信系统信号传输方式的方法 的流程图; In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention, the following drawings will be briefly described in the description of the embodiments, and it is obvious that the drawings in the following description are only some embodiments of the present invention, Those skilled in the art can also obtain other drawings based on these drawings without paying creative labor. FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a method for configuring a signal transmission manner of a wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 2为本发明另一个实施例提供的配置无线通信系统信号传输方式的方 法应用的一种场景;  2 is a scenario of a method for configuring a method for transmitting a signal of a wireless communication system according to another embodiment of the present invention;
图 3为本发明另一个实施例提供的配置无线通信系统信号传输方式的方 法应用的另一种场景;  FIG. 3 is another scenario of a method for configuring a signal transmission mode of a wireless communication system according to another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 4为本发明另一个实施例提供的配置无线通信系统信号传输方式的方 法应用的 D2D场景;  4 is a D2D scenario of a method for configuring a method for transmitting a signal of a wireless communication system according to another embodiment of the present invention;
图 5为本发明另一个实施例提供的配置无线通信系统信号传输方式的方 法应用的视频业务场景;  FIG. 5 is a video service scenario of a method for configuring a signal transmission mode of a wireless communication system according to another embodiment of the present invention;
图 6为本发明另一个实施例提供的配置无线通信系统信号传输方式的方 法的流程图;  6 is a flowchart of a method for configuring a signal transmission manner of a wireless communication system according to another embodiment of the present invention;
图 7为本发明另一实施例提供的配置无线通信系统信号传输方式的网络 设备的结构示意图;  FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device configured to configure a signal transmission manner of a wireless communication system according to another embodiment of the present invention;
图 8为本发明另一实施例提供的配置无线通信系统信号传输方式的用户 设备的结构示意图;  FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment for configuring a signal transmission manner of a wireless communication system according to another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 9为本发明另一实施例提供的网络设备的结构示意图;  FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to another embodiment of the present invention;
图 10为本发明另一实施例提供的用户设备的结构示意图。  FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式 为了使本发明的目的、 技术方案和优点更加清楚, 下面将结合附图对本 发明作进一步地详细描述, 显然, 所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部份实施 例, 而不是全部的实施例。 基于本发明中的实施例, 本领域普通技术人员在 没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其它实施例, 都属于本发明保护的 范围。 图 1为本发明一个实施例提供的配置无线通信系统信号传输方式的方法 的流程图。 本实施例所示的方法为网络设备侧的操作流程。 网络设备可为基 站 (Base Station, BS)、接入点 (Access Point , AP)、远端无线设备 (Remote Radio Equipment , RRE)、 远端无线端口 (Remote Radio Head, RRH)、 远端 无线单元 (Remote Radio Unit , RRU)、 中继节点 (Relay node ) 等。 网络设 备与小区的关系不限, 可以是一个网络设备对应一个或多个小区, 也可以是 一个小区对应一个或多个网络设备。 网络设备配置无线通信系统信号传输方 式的方法具体包括: The present invention will be further described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings, in which FIG. An embodiment. All other embodiments obtained by a person of ordinary skill in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention. FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a method for configuring a signal transmission manner of a wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method shown in this embodiment is an operation flow on the network device side. The network device can be a base station (BS), an access point (AP), a remote radio equipment (RRE), a remote radio head (RRH), and a remote radio unit. (Remote Radio Unit, RRU), relay node, etc. Network design The relationship between the standby and the cell is not limited, and may be one network device corresponding to one or more cells, or one cell corresponding to one or more network devices. The method for configuring a signal transmission mode of a wireless communication system by a network device specifically includes:
步骤 11、 确定第一传输时间间隔 (Transmission Time Interval , TTI ) 集合对应的第一传输模式和第二 TTI集合对应的第二传输模式, 所述第一传 输模式和第二传输模式不同。  Step 11: Determine a first transmission mode corresponding to the first transmission time interval (TTI) set and a second transmission mode corresponding to the second TTI set, where the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different.
其中, 所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式可为上行传输模式, 或者 所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式可为下行传输模式。  The first transmission mode and the second transmission mode may be an uplink transmission mode, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode may be a downlink transmission mode.
下行传输的 TTI集合即网络设备向 UE发送信号以及 UE接收网络设备的 信号所占用的 TTI的集合。 上行传输的 TTI集合即 UE向网络设备发送信号以及网络设备接收 UE的 信号所占用的 TTI的集合。 本实施例中, 网络设备可以将上行传输的 TTI集合进行划分, 如将信道 较好的 TTI划归为一个集合如 TTI集合 A, 将存在强干扰或者说信道较差的 TTI划归为一个集合如 TTI集合 B, 然后为 TTI集合 A配置一个传输模式 a, 为 TTI集合 B配置另一个传输模式 b, 以在 TTI集合 A中的 TTI采用传输模 式 a下的传输方式传输上行信号, 在 TTI集合 B中的 TTI采用传输模式 b下 的传输方式传输上行信号。  The TTI set of the downlink transmission is a set of TTIs that the network device sends to the UE and the UE receives the signal of the network device. The TTI set of the uplink transmission is a set of TTIs that the UE uses to send signals to the network device and the network device receives the signals of the UE. In this embodiment, the network device may divide the TTI set of the uplink transmission, for example, classify the TTIs with better channels into a set such as the TTI set A, and classify the TTIs with strong interference or poor channel into one set. For example, TTI set B, then configure one transmission mode a for TTI set A, and another transmission mode b for TTI set B, to transmit uplink signals in the transmission mode of transmission mode a in the TTI in TTI set A, in the TTI set. The TTI in B transmits the uplink signal by using the transmission mode in the transmission mode b.
类似地, 网络设备可以将下行传输的 TTI集合进行划分, 如将信道较好 的 TTI划归为一个集合如 TTI集合 C, 将存在强干扰或者说信道较差的 TTI 划归为一个集合如 TTI集合 D, 然后为 TTI集合 C配置一个传输模式 c, 为 TTI集合 D配置另一个传输模式 d, 以在 TTI集合 C中的 TTI采用传输模式 c 下的传输方式传输下行信号, 在 TTI集合 D中的 TTI采用传输模式 d下的传 输方式传输下行信号。  Similarly, the network device may divide the TTI set of the downlink transmission, such as classifying the better TTIs of the channel into a set such as the TTI set C, and classifying the TTIs with strong interference or poor channel into a set such as TTI. Set D, then configure a transmission mode c for the TTI set C, and configure another transmission mode d for the TTI set D, so that the TTI in the TTI set C transmits the downlink signal in the transmission mode in the transmission mode c, in the TTI set D. The TTI transmits the downlink signal by using the transmission mode in the transmission mode d.
下行传输的传输模式共有 10种模式:模式 1 (Model Γ模式 10 (Model0), 如表 1所示。 表 1 物理下行控制信道 下行控制信息 对应于物理下行控制信道 There are 10 modes for the transmission mode of the downlink transmission: Mode 1 (Model 10 Mode 10 (Model0), as shown in Table 1. Table 1 Physical downlink control channel downlink control information corresponds to a physical downlink control channel
(Physical (Downlink (Physical Downl ink Control (Physical (Downlink (Physical Downl Ink Control)
Downlink Control Control Channel , PDCCH)的 PDSCH传输方式PDSCH transmission mode of Downlink Control Control Channel, PDCCH)
Channel , PDSCH)传 Information, Channel, PDSCH)
输模式 DCI ) 格式  Transmission mode DCI) format
模式 1 (Mode 1 ) DCI格式 1A 单天线端口  Mode 1 (Mode 1) DCI format 1A single antenna port
DCI格式 1 单天线端口  DCI format 1 single antenna port
模式 2 (Mode 2 ) DCI格式 1A 发送分集  Mode 2 (Mode 2) DCI format 1A Transmit Diversity
DCI格式 1 发送分集  DCI format 1 send diversity
模式 3 (Mode 3 ) DCI格式 1A 发送分集  Mode 3 (Mode 3) DCI format 1A Transmit Diversity
DCI格式 2A 大延迟循环延迟分集 (Cyclic  DCI format 2A large delay cyclic delay diversity (Cyclic
Delay Diversity, CDD) 或发送分 集  Delay Diversity, CDD) or send diversity
模式 4 (Mode 4) DCI格式 1A 发送分集  Mode 4 (Mode 4) DCI format 1A Transmit Diversity
DCI格式 2 闭环空间复用或发送分集  DCI format 2 closed-loop spatial multiplexing or transmit diversity
模式 5 (Mode 5 ) DCI格式 1A 发送分集  Mode 5 (Mode 5) DCI format 1A Transmit Diversity
DCI格式 ID 多用户多入多出 (Multiple Input  DCI format ID Multi-user multiple input and multiple output (Multiple Input
Multiple Output, MIMO)  Multiple Output, MIMO)
模式 6 (Mode 6 ) DCI格式 1A 发送分集  Mode 6 (Mode 6) DCI format 1A Transmit Diversity
DCI格式 IB 单层的闭环空间复用  DCI format IB single layer closed loop spatial multiplexing
模式 7 (Mode 7) DCI格式 1A 单天线端口或发送分集  Mode 7 (Mode 7) DCI format 1A single antenna port or transmit diversity
DCI格式 1 单天线端口 (天线端口 5)  DCI format 1 single antenna port (antenna port 5)
模式 8 (Mode 8) DCI格式 1A 单天线端口或发送分集  Mode 8 (Mode 8) DCI format 1A single antenna port or transmit diversity
DCI格式 2B 双层传输或单天线端口  DCI format 2B dual layer transmission or single antenna port
模式 9 (Mode 9) DCI格式 1A 单天线端口或发送分集  Mode 9 (Mode 9) DCI format 1A single antenna port or transmit diversity
DCI格式 2C 最高达 8层的传输或单天线端口 模式 10 (Mode 10) DCI格式 1A 单天线端口或发送分集  DCI format 2C Up to 8 layers of transmission or single antenna port Mode 10 (Mode 10) DCI format 1A Single antenna port or transmit diversity
DCI格式 2C 最高达 8层的传输,支持协作多点发 送 /接收 (Coordinated Multiple Point transmission/reception, CoMP) 表 1中, 每一种传输模式对应了两个下行控制信息(DCI )格式的 PDCCH, 并对应至少一种 PDSCH传输方式。 在长期演进 (Long Term Evolution, LTE) 系统中, DCI是网络设备向 UE发送的、 用于调度 UE根据该信息的指示发送 或接收信号的信息, PDCCH是网络设备发送 DCI的信号的总称。不同的 PDSCH 传输方式需要不同类型的 DCI 信息, 包括调制编码方案 (Modulation and Coding Scheme, MCS ) 信息、 预编码信息、 传输层数信息等等, 且对应不同 格式的 DCI , 如表 1所示的 DCI格式 1、 DCI格式 2等等。 这样, 就可以根据 UE所处的环境的不同, 灵活地采用适于该环境的较佳的传输模式, 保证传输 的稳定性和可靠性, 例如 UE1处于小区中心, 信道条件较好, 网络设备就可 以为其配置传输模式 Mode9或 ModelO, 以能够最大支持 8层的传输, 从而在 可靠性得到保证的前提下提高传输效率。 再例如 UE2处于小区边缘, 信道条 件不佳, 网络设备就可以为其配置传输模式 Mode6, 通过发送分集或单层的 闭环空间复用方式向 UE发送 PDSCH, 从而保证传输的可靠性。 DCI format 2C Up to 8 layers of transmission, supporting Coordinated Multiple Point transmission/reception (CoMP) In Table 1, each transmission mode corresponds to two PDCCHs in the downlink control information (DCI) format. And corresponding to at least one PDSCH transmission mode. In the Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, the DCI is information that is sent by the network device to the UE and is used to schedule the UE to send or receive signals according to the indication of the information. The PDCCH is a general term for the signal that the network device sends the DCI. Different PDSCH transmission methods require different types of DCI information, including modulation coding scheme (Modulation and Coding Scheme, MCS) Information, precoding information, transmission layer number information, etc., and corresponding to different formats of DCI, such as DCI format 1, DCI format 2, etc. shown in Table 1. In this way, according to the environment in which the UE is located, the preferred transmission mode suitable for the environment can be flexibly adopted to ensure the stability and reliability of the transmission. For example, the UE1 is in the cell center, the channel condition is good, and the network device is It can be configured with a transmission mode Mode9 or ModelO to support up to 8 layers of transmission, thus improving transmission efficiency while ensuring reliability. For example, if the UE2 is at the cell edge and the channel conditions are not good, the network device can configure the transmission mode Mode6 for the network, and send the PDSCH to the UE by using the diversity or single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing mode to ensure the reliability of the transmission.
网络设备向 UE发送 DCI来调度 UE接收 PDSCH时, 网络设备在编号为 n 的 TTI向 UE发送 DCI , 并在该 TTI的其它资源发送与该 TTI对应的 PDSCH。 UE在该 TTI中首先检测 DCI , 检测到之后再根据该 DCI在相应的资源上检测 PDSCH, 从而就收到了网络设备发送的数据。 其中, 每种传输模式对应的两个 DCI格式均包括 DCI格式 1A, 是为了便 于 UE检测一些公共的 PDSCH信号,这些公共的 PDSCH信号通常通过广播方式 传递给所有 UE, 即网络设备仅发送一次就希望所有 UE都能收到这些公共的 PDSCH信号, 从而提升传输效率。 由于这些公共的 PDSCH信号需要发给所有 UE, 必须采用最可靠的传输方式如单天线端口或发送分集, 因此, 在本文中 主要关注除 DCI格式 1A对应的传输方式以外的另一个传输方式。 上行传输的传输模式如表 2所示。  When the network device sends the DCI to the UE to schedule the UE to receive the PDSCH, the network device sends the DCI to the UE in the TTI numbered n, and sends the PDSCH corresponding to the TTI in other resources of the TTI. The UE first detects the DCI in the TTI, and detects the PDSCH on the corresponding resource according to the DCI after detecting, so that the data sent by the network device is received. The two DCI formats corresponding to each transmission mode include DCI format 1A, so that the UE can detect some common PDSCH signals. These common PDSCH signals are usually broadcasted to all UEs, that is, the network devices only send once. It is hoped that all UEs can receive these common PDSCH signals, thereby improving transmission efficiency. Since these common PDSCH signals need to be sent to all UEs, the most reliable transmission method such as single antenna port or transmit diversity must be adopted. Therefore, in this paper, the main transmission mode other than the transmission mode corresponding to DCI format 1A is mainly concerned. The transmission mode of the uplink transmission is shown in Table 2.
表 2  Table 2
Figure imgf000028_0001
Figure imgf000028_0001
上行传输模式包括 2种, 其中, Mode 1仅允许 UE通过单天线端口发送 PUSCH, Mode 2允许 UE使用闭环空间复用的方式发送 PUSCH, 从而获得更稳 定或更快速的数据传输。 上行传输时, 网络设备在编号为 n的 TTI向 UE发送 DCI , UE在该 TTI中 首先检测 DCI , 检测到之后, 再在编号为 n+4的 TTI , 根据该 DCI在相应的资 源上发送 PUSCH。 相应地, 网络设备在编号为 n+4的 TTI中根据 DCI接收 UE 发送的 PUSCH。 本实施例中, 网络设备为上行传输的 TTI集合确定的传输模式可为表 2 中的传输模式, 为下行传输模式的 TTI集合确定的传输模式可为表 1中的传 输模式。 The uplink transmission mode includes two types, where Mode 1 only allows the UE to transmit the PUSCH through a single antenna port, and Mode 2 allows the UE to transmit the PUSCH by using closed-loop spatial multiplexing, thereby obtaining more stable or faster data transmission. During the uplink transmission, the network device sends the DCI to the UE in the TTI with the number n, and the UE first detects the DCI in the TTI, and after detecting the TTI, the TTI is numbered n+4, and the PUSCH is sent on the corresponding resource according to the DCI. . Correspondingly, the network device receives the PUSCH transmitted by the UE according to the DCI in the TTI numbered n+4. In this embodiment, the transmission mode determined by the network device for the TTI set of the uplink transmission may be the transmission mode in Table 2, and the transmission mode determined for the TTI set of the downlink transmission mode may be the transmission mode in Table 1.
示例性的,所述第一 TTI集合为对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合, 所述第二 TTI集合为对所述 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合,确定的所 述第一传输模式的可靠性高于所述第二传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式 的传输效率高于所述第一传输模式; 如第一传输模式可为传输模式 1-8中的 任一种, 第二传输模式可为传输模式 9或 10。 或者,  Exemplarily, the first TTI set is a TTI set with a higher interference to the UE than a preset value, and the second TTI set is a TTI set with interference to the UE that is lower than the preset value, Determining that the reliability of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, and determining that the transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is higher than the first transmission mode; for example, the first transmission mode may be the transmission mode 1 In any of the-8, the second transmission mode may be the transmission mode 9 or 10. Or,
所述第一 TTI集合可为用于发送第一数据量的 TTI集合, 所述第二集合 可为用于发送第二数据量的 TTI集合, 所述第一数据量大于或等于门限值, 所述第二数据量小于所述门限值, 确定的所述第一传输模式的传输效率高于 所述第二传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式的可靠性高于所述第一传输模 式。  The first set of TTIs may be a set of TTIs for transmitting a first amount of data, and the second set may be a set of TTIs for transmitting a second amount of data, where the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold value, The second data amount is less than the threshold, and the determined transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined reliability of the second transmission mode is higher than the first Transfer mode.
示例性的,所述对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为发送功率高于 第一网络设备的第二网络设备发送下行信号的 TTI集合,所述对所述 UE的干 扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为所述第二网络设备未发送下行信号的 TTI集 合, 所述第一网络设备为向所述 UE发送所述半静态配置信令的网络设备; 确 定的所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单层的闭环空间复用的传输模式, 确定 的所述第二传输模式为传输方式为最高达 8层的传输的传输模式;  Exemplarily, the TTI set that is higher than the preset value of the interference of the UE is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal to a second network device whose transmit power is higher than the first network device, where the interference to the UE is low. The TTI set of the preset value is a TTI set in which the second network device does not send a downlink signal, where the first network device is a network device that sends the semi-static configuration signaling to the UE; The first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing, and the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a transmission of up to 8 layers;
或者,所述对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间交互 回程信息或用户设备之间进行设备间直接通信 D2D的 TTI集合, 所述对所述 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间未交互回程信息或未进 行 D2D的 TTI集合; 确定的所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单层传输或大延 迟循环延迟分集 CDD的传输模式,或者为传输方式不支持协作多点发送 /接收 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为单天线端口的传输模式, 确定的所述第 二传输模式为传输方式为大于 1层的空间复用的传输模式, 或者为传输方式 支持 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为空间复用的传输模式。 假设确定的第一传输模式和第二传输模式为下行传输模式, 另外还确定 了第三 TTI集合对应的第三传输模式和第四 TTI集合对应的第四传输模式, 并且, 确定的第三传输模式和第四传输模式为上行传输模式。 对于下行传输来说, 第一传输模式和第二传输模式中的其中一个包括大 于 1层的空间复用的传输模式, 另一个传输模式包括单层传输或大延迟 CDD 的传输模式。 如表 1, 大于 1层的空间复用的传输模式包括 Mode 4、 Mode 5、 Mode8、 Mode9、 ModelO其中的任意一种, 这些传输方式具有较高的传输效率, 能明显提升系统吞吐量; 单层传输或大延迟 CDD的传输模式包括 Model (单 层传输)、 Mode2 (单层发送分集)、 Mode3 (大延迟 CDD)、 Mode6 (单层空间 复用)、 或 Mode7 (单层传输), 这些传输方式能更好对抗强干扰环境, 保证 良好的传输可靠性。 或者,第一传输模式和第二传输模式中的其中一个是支持 CoMP的传输模 式(即 ModelO), 另一个传输模式是不支持 CoMP的传输模式(即除了 ModelO 的其它传输模式); ModelO能够支持 CoMP技术, 该技术具有较高传输效率并 能通过网络设备之间的协调或联合调度来避免强干扰。 对于上行传输来说, 第三传输模式和第四传输模式中的其中一个包括空 间复用的传输模式即 Mode2, 另一个传输模式包括单天线端口的传输模式即 Model。 具体效果同下行传输, 详见下文说明。 步骤 12、 通过半静态配置信令向用户设备 (User Equipment, UE) 发送 所述第一 TTI集合信息和所述第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第一传输模式信息和所述第二传输模式信息。 其中, 半静态信令例 ia Access Control , MAC) 信
Figure imgf000030_0001
Or the TTI set that is higher than the preset value by the UE is a TTI set of inter-device direct communication D2D between the network devices, and the interference between the UEs is low. The TTI set of the preset value is a non-interactive backhaul information between the network devices or a TTI set that is not D2D; the determined first transmission mode is a transmission mode of single layer transmission or large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD transmission. Mode, or for transmission mode does not support coordinated multipoint transmission/reception The transmission mode of the CoMP, or the transmission mode of the single antenna port, the determined second transmission mode is a spatial multiplexing transmission mode with a transmission mode greater than 1 layer, or a transmission mode supporting a CoMP transmission mode. Or the transmission mode is spatially multiplexed. Assume that the determined first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, and further determines a third transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set and a fourth transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set, and the determined third transmission The mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes. For downlink transmission, one of the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode includes a spatially multiplexed transmission mode greater than one layer, and the other transmission mode includes a single layer transmission or a transmission mode of a large delay CDD. As shown in Table 1, the spatial multiplexing transmission mode of more than one layer includes any one of Mode 4, Mode 5, Mode 8, Mode 9, and Model O. These transmission modes have high transmission efficiency and can significantly improve system throughput; Layer transmission or large delay CDD transmission modes include Model (single layer transmission), Mode2 (single layer transmit diversity), Mode3 (large delay CDD), Mode6 (single layer spatial multiplexing), or Mode7 (single layer transmission). The transmission mode can better resist the strong interference environment and ensure good transmission reliability. Alternatively, one of the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode is a CoMP-supported transmission mode (ie, ModelO), and the other transmission mode is a CoMP-free transmission mode (ie, other transmission modes other than ModelO); ModelO can support CoMP technology, which has high transmission efficiency and can avoid strong interference through coordination or joint scheduling between network devices. For the uplink transmission, one of the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode includes a spatially multiplexed transmission mode, that is, Mode2, and the other transmission mode includes a single antenna port transmission mode, that is, a Model. The specific effect is the same as the downlink transmission, as described below. Step 12: Send, by the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information, to a user equipment (User Equipment, UE) And the second transmission mode information. Wherein, semi-static signaling example ia Access Control, MAC) letter
Figure imgf000030_0001
假设某种 TTI集合包括第一 TTI集合和第二 TTI集合, 第一 TTI集合包 括编号为 3、 8的 TTI , 第二 TTI子集则包括一个无线帧中除了编号为 3、 8 的 TTI之外的其它 TTI , 可以将第一 TTI集合和第二 TTI集合的信息都发送 给 UE, 也可以仅向 UE发送第一 TTI集合的信息 (即编号为 3、 8的 TTI的信 息), 其它 TTI则是第二 TTI集合。 其中, 第一 TTI集合可以是网络设备之间 交互回程信息的 TTI集合、或者是可用于设备间直接通信(Device to Device, D2D)传输的 TTI集合、 或者其它会存在强干扰的 TTI的集合, 则第二 TTI集 合是除了第一 TTI集合之外的其它 TTI组成的集合。 网络设备向 UE发送的半静态配置信令,可以包含上行传输的 TTI集合或 者下行传输的 TTI集合的信息, 或者可以包含上行传输的 TTI集合和下行传 输的 TTI集合的信息。 当半静态配置信令包含上行传输的 TTI集合的信息时, 半静态配置信令 中还包含步骤 11中确定的上行传输的 TTI集合对应的传输模式的信息。这样, UE可以根据半静态配置信令中的 TTI集合的信息及传输模式的信息, 在接收 到下一个静态配置信令之前,在上行传输的 TTI内,采用与该 TTI所属的 TTI 集合对应的传输模式下的传输方式对信号进行上行传输。 如, 半静态配置信 令中包含 TTI集合 A和 TTI集合 B的信息, 以及网络设备确定 TTI集合 A对 应的传输模式 a和 TTI集合 B对应的传输模式 b的信息,则 UE在上行传输的 TTI内, 判断发送信号的 TTI属于 TTI集合 A还是 TTI集合 B, 如果发送信号 的 TTI属于 TTI集合 A, 则用传输模式 a下的传输方式发送信号, 如果发送 信号的 TTI属于 TTI集合 B, 则用传输模式 b下的传输方式发送信号。 当半静态配置信令包含下行传输的 TTI集合的信息时, 半静态配置信令 中还包含步骤 11中确定的下行传输的 TTI集合对应的传输模式的信息。这样, UE可以根据半静态配置信令中的 TTI集合的信息及传输模式的信息, 在接收 到下一个静态配置信令之前,在下行传输的 TTI内,采用与该 TTI所属的 TTI 集合对应的传输模式下的传输方式对信号进行下行传输。 如, 半静态配置信 令中包含 TTI集合 C和 TTI集合 D的信息, 以及网络设备确定 TTI集合 C对 应的传输模式 c和 TTI集合 D对应的传输模式 d的信息,则 UE在下行传输的 TTI内, 判断接收信号的 TTI属于 TTI集合 C还是 TTI集合 D, 如果接收信号 的 TTI属于 TTI集合 C, 则用传输模式 c下的传输方式接收信号, 如果接收 信号的 TTI属于 TTI集合 D, 则用传输模式 d下的传输方式接收信号。 当半静态配置信令包含上行传输的 TTI集合和下行传输的 TTI集合的信 息时, 示例性的, 本发明实施例提供的方法还包括: 确定第三 TTI集合对应 的第三传输模式和第四 TTI集合对应的第四传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和 第四传输模式不同; 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式为上行传输模式, 所 述第三传输模式和第四传输模式为下行传输模式, 或者, 所述第一传输模式 和第二传输模式为下行传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式为上行 传输模式; It is assumed that a certain TTI set includes a first TTI set and a second TTI set, the first TTI set includes TTIs numbered 3, 8, and the second TTI subset includes a TTI other than the numbers 3 and 8 in one radio frame. Other TTIs, which can send information of the first TTI set and the second TTI set For the UE, the information of the first TTI set (ie, the information of the TTIs numbered 3 and 8) may also be sent only to the UE, and the other TTIs are the second set of TTIs. The first TTI set may be a TTI set of interaction backhaul information between network devices, or a TTI set that can be used for Device to Device (D2D) transmission, or another set of TTIs that may have strong interference. Then the second set of TTIs is a set of other TTIs than the first set of TTIs. The semi-static configuration signaling sent by the network device to the UE may include the TTI set of the uplink transmission or the TTI set of the downlink transmission, or may include the TTI set of the uplink transmission and the TTI set of the downlink transmission. When the semi-static configuration signaling includes the information of the TTI set of the uplink transmission, the semi-static configuration signaling further includes information about the transmission mode corresponding to the TTI set of the uplink transmission determined in step 11. In this way, the UE may use the TTI set corresponding to the TTI in the TTI of the uplink transmission before receiving the next static configuration signaling according to the information of the TTI set and the information of the transmission mode in the semi-static configuration signaling. The transmission mode in the transmission mode uplinks the signal. For example, the semi-static configuration signaling includes information of the TTI set A and the TTI set B, and the network device determines the information of the transmission mode a corresponding to the TTI set A and the transmission mode b corresponding to the TTI set B, and the UE transmits the TTI in the uplink. If it is determined that the TTI of the transmitted signal belongs to the TTI set A or the TTI set B, if the TTI of the transmitted signal belongs to the TTI set A, the signal is transmitted by using the transmission mode in the transmission mode a, and if the TTI of the transmitted signal belongs to the TTI set B, The transmission mode in transmission mode b transmits a signal. When the semi-static configuration signaling includes the information of the TTI set of the downlink transmission, the semi-static configuration signaling further includes information about the transmission mode corresponding to the TTI set of the downlink transmission determined in step 11. In this way, the UE may use the TTI set corresponding to the TTI in the TTI of the downlink transmission before receiving the next static configuration signaling according to the information of the TTI set and the information of the transmission mode in the semi-static configuration signaling. The transmission mode in the transmission mode downlinks the signal. For example, the semi-static configuration signaling includes information of the TTI set C and the TTI set D, and the network device determines the information of the transmission mode c corresponding to the TTI set C and the transmission mode d corresponding to the TTI set D, and the TTI of the downlink transmission of the UE. The TTI of the received signal is determined to belong to the TTI set C or the TTI set D. If the TTI of the received signal belongs to the TTI set C, the signal is received by the transmission mode in the transmission mode c. If the TTI of the received signal belongs to the TTI set D, the TTI is used. The transmission mode in transmission mode d receives the signal. When the semi-static configuration signaling includes a TTI set of the uplink transmission and a TTI set of the downlink transmission For example, the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention further includes: determining a third transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set and a fourth transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set, the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission The mode is different; the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink a transmission mode, where the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes;
通过所述半静态配置信令向用户设备 UE发送所述第三 TTI集合信息和所 述第四 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第三传输模式信 息和所述第四传输模式信息, 还包括: 通过所述半静态配置信令向所述 UE发 送所述第三 TTI集合信息和所述第四 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信 息, 以及所述第三传输模式信息和所述第四传输模式信息。  Transmitting, by the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission to the user equipment UE The mode information, the method further includes: transmitting, by the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information to the UE And the fourth transmission mode information.
这样, UE可以根据半静态配置信令中的 TTI集合的信息及传输模式的信 息, 在接收到下一个静态配置信令之前, 在上行传输的 TTI内,采用与该 TTI 所属的 TTI集合对应的传输模式下的传输方式对信号进行上行传输。 如, 半 静态配置信令中包含 TTI集合 A和 TTI集合 B的信息,以及网络设备确定 TTI 集合 A对应的传输模式 a和 TTI集合 B对应的传输模式 b的信息,则 UE在上 行传输的 TTI内, 判断发送信号的 TTI属于 TTI集合 A还是 TTI集合 B, 如 果发送信号的 TTI属于 TTI集合 A, 则用传输模式 a下的传输方式发送信号, 如果发送信号的 TTI属于 TTI集合 B, 则用传输模式 b下的传输方式发送信 号; 在下行传输的 TTI内, 采用与该 TTI所属的 TTI集合对应的传输模式下 的传输方式对信号进行下行传输。 如, 半静态配置信令中包含 TTI集合 C和 TTI集合 D的信息, 以及网络设备确定 TTI集合 C对应的传输模式 c和 TTI 集合 D对应的传输模式 d的信息, 则 UE在下行传输的 TTI内, 判断接收信号 的 TTI属于 TTI集合 C还是 TTI集合 D,如果接收信号的 TTI属于 TTI集合 C, 则用传输模式 c下的传输方式接收信号, 如果接收信号的 TTI属于 TTI集合 D, 则用传输模式 d下的传输方式接收信号。 进一步, 所述第三 TT集合、 第四 TTI集合和所述第一 TTI集合、 第二 TTI集合部分重叠。 如上行传输的 TTI集合与下行传输的 TTI集合还可以部 分或全部相同。 例如, TTI集合 A和 TTI集合 D都包括编号为 4的 TTI , 则 UE若收到网络设备的指示、 在编号为 4的 TTI内发送信号, 就用传输模式 a 下的传输方式发送信号; 若收到网络设备的指示、 在编号为 4的 TTI内接收 信号, 就用传输模式 d下的传输方式接收信号。 本实施例通过向 UE发送一个半静态配置信令, 可以为 UE配置至少两种 传输模式, 并且不同传输模式对应的 TTI集合不同, 使得网络设备可以在不 同的 TTI向 UE发送该 TTI所属的 TTI集合对应的传输模式所对应的 DCI格式 的信令, 来调度 UE采用该信令所对应的传输方式传输信号。 这样, 不同的传 输模式可以分别适合于不同的干扰情况, 从而保证了在干扰波动环境中的可 靠传输。 并且, 通过一个半静态配置信令实现干扰波动环境中的传输模式的 配置, 网络设备向 UE发送一次 TTI集合信息并生效之后, 在下一次向 UE发 送新的 TTI集合信息之前一直都会使用该次配置的信息, 能够通过一次信息 传递就向 UE指示长时间的传输配置信息, 有效地降低了信息开销, 也降低了 信道负荷, 提高了配置效率, 也使得半静态配置信令的作用更加明显。 例如, 通常网络设备为每个 UE配置其中的一种传输模式, 就会仅向 UE 发送该传输模式对应的动态控制信令 (即 PDCCH ) , 并且仅使用其中的传输方 式向 UE发送数据或接收来自 UE的数据, 包括下行数据 (即 PDSCH ) 和上行 数据 (即 PUSCH)。 对于 UE来说, 由于自己仅被配置了一种传输模式, 网络 设备仅会向这些 UE发送该传输模式所对应的格式的 DCI , UE就仅需要检测网 络设备发送的这些格式的 DCI即可。 例如, 若 UE3被配置了 Mode 1, 则 UE3 仅需要检测网络设备发送的 DCI格式 1和 1A即可, 不需要检测其它格式的 DCI o 但是, 当无线信道的波动变得剧烈, 如图 2 所示的异构网络 (Heterogeneous Network , HetNet )环境中, UE 1受到第一网络设备的服务, UE2 受到第二网络设备的服务, 第一网络设备和第二网络设备的发送功率不 同, 假设第一网络设备高于第二网络设备, 导致二者的覆盖范围就不同, 第 一网络设备的覆盖范围包括了第二网络设备的覆盖范围, 这样, 第一网络设 备若向 UE1发送下行信号, 就会对第二网络设备向 UE2发送的下行信号造成 强干扰; 而当第一网络设备不发送下行信号时, 就不会对 UE2的接收造成强 干扰, 即 UE2接收第二网络设备发送的信号受到的干扰随着第一网络设备是 否发送信号而波动。 在这样的场景下, UE2 在不同的时间受到第一网络设备发送信号的干扰 就不同, 因此不同时间应当适用于不同的传输方式。 例如, 若 UE2不受到强 干扰时, 适用于最高达 8层的传输, 因此适用于 Mode 9或 10; 若 UE2受到 强干扰, 则适用于单层的闭环空间复用方案, 即 Mode6。 如果采用现有技术, 每次仅配置一种传输模式, 就增加了信道负荷以及网络设备的负担, 或者传 输效率不高。 如果采用本实施例提供的技术方案, 网络设备就可以一次为 UE 配置至少两种传输模式。 对于任意两种传输模式来说, 网络设备在第一 TTI 集合使用第一传输模式对应的传输方式向 UE发送数据信号或接收 UE发送的 数据信号,在第二 TTI集合使用第二传输模式所对应的传输方式向 UE发送数 据信号或接收 UE发送的数据信号。 结合图 2, 第一网络设备仅在第一 TTI集 合中向 UE1发送 PDSCH, 同时对 UE2的接收造成强干扰, 此时第二网络设备 可以使用适合于高干扰的第一传输模式(例如 Mode6)与 UE通信,从而以 DCI 格式 1B向 UE发送 DCI , 指示 UE2在第一 TTI集合中采用单层的闭环空间复 用传输方式接收 PDSCH;此外,第一网络设备在第二 TTI集合中不发送 PDSCH, 从而就不会对 UE2接收第二网络设备发送的 PDSCH造成强干扰, 此时第二网 络设备可以使用适合于低干扰的第二传输模式 (例如 Mode9或 10) 与 UE2通 信, 从而以 DCI格式 2C向 UE2发送 DCI , 指示 UE2在第一 TTI集合中采用最 高达 8层的闭环空间复用传输方式接收 PDSCH。 因此, 本实施例所示的技术 方案的优点在于网络设备为 UE—次配置至少两种传输模式, 从而在不同 TTI 中使用不同传输模式与 UE通信,使信号传输与传输所在 TTI对应的干扰环境 匹配, 从而增强了传输的可靠性, 且有效降低了信道因网络设备配置传输模 式产生的负荷, 提高了传输模式的配置效率。 在本文中, 单层和 8层均为传输层数, 且传输层数为表示空间的传输层 数, 层数越高, 传输效率越高, 稳定性就相对越差; 较多传输层数通常适合 于信干噪比 (Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio, SINR) 较高的场 景, 例如小区中心 UE。 示例性的, 所述第一 TTI集合和第二 TTI集合之间的交集为 0。 如上行 传输的第一 TTI集合与第二 TTI集合没有交叠,这样便于保持 UE检测 DCI的 复杂度保持不变。 如在 LTE系统的下行, UE在编号为 n的 TTI检测 DCI , 则 也在该 TTI中接收 PDSCH。 通常, 在 LTE系统中, 不管网络设备为 UE配置了 哪种传输模式, UE都会最多进行 44次 DCI检测。 使用了本发明实施例提供 的技术方案, 虽然 UE被配置了多种传输模式, 但对于同一个 TTI 来说, UE 仅需要检测一种传输模式对应的 DCI , 而不会增加 UE进行 DCI检测的次数。 也就是说, 本发明实施例在同一个 TTI仍然维持了一种传输模式, UE仍然仅 需要检测一种传输模式对应的 DCI , 在增加了 UE可支持的传输模式的同时, UE对于同一个 TTI不需要增加检测的 DCI格式的数目, 因此没有增加 UE检 测 DCI的复杂度。 示例性的,所述第一 TTI集合为对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合, 所述第二 TTI集合为对所述 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合,确定的所 述第一传输模式的可靠性高于所述第二传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式 的传输效率高于所述第一传输模式。 In this way, the UE may use the information corresponding to the TTI to which the TTI belongs in the TTI of the uplink transmission before receiving the next static configuration signaling according to the information of the TTI set and the information of the transmission mode in the semi-static configuration signaling. The transmission mode in the transmission mode uplinks the signal. For example, the semi-static configuration signaling includes information of the TTI set A and the TTI set B, and the network device determines the information of the transmission mode a corresponding to the TTI set A and the transmission mode b corresponding to the TTI set B, and the UE transmits the TTI in the uplink. If it is determined that the TTI of the transmitted signal belongs to the TTI set A or the TTI set B, if the TTI of the transmitted signal belongs to the TTI set A, the signal is transmitted by using the transmission mode in the transmission mode a, and if the TTI of the transmitted signal belongs to the TTI set B, The transmission mode in the transmission mode b transmits a signal; in the TTI of the downlink transmission, the signal is downlink-transmitted by using a transmission mode in a transmission mode corresponding to the TTI set to which the TTI belongs. For example, the semi-static configuration signaling includes information of the TTI set C and the TTI set D, and the network device determines the information of the transmission mode c corresponding to the TTI set C and the transmission mode d corresponding to the TTI set D, and the TTI of the downlink transmission of the UE. If it is determined that the TTI of the received signal belongs to the TTI set C or the TTI set D, if the TTI of the received signal belongs to the TTI set C, the signal is received by using the transmission mode in the transmission mode c, and if the TTI of the received signal belongs to the TTI set D, The transmission mode in transmission mode d receives the signal. Further, the third TT set, the fourth TTI set, and the first TTI set and the second TTI set partially overlap. The TTI set transmitted as above and the TTI set of the downlink transmission may also be partially or completely identical. For example, if both the TTI set A and the TTI set D include the TTI numbered 4, the UE uses the transmission mode a if it receives an indication from the network device and transmits a signal in the TTI numbered 4. The next transmission mode transmits a signal; if receiving an indication from the network device and receiving a signal in the TTI numbered 4, the signal is received by the transmission mode in the transmission mode d. In this embodiment, by sending a semi-static configuration signaling to the UE, the UE can be configured with at least two transmission modes, and the TTI sets corresponding to different transmission modes are different, so that the network device can send the TTI to which the TTI belongs to the UE in different TTIs. The signaling of the DCI format corresponding to the corresponding transmission mode is set to schedule the UE to transmit the signal by using the transmission mode corresponding to the signaling. In this way, different transmission modes can be adapted to different interference situations, respectively, thereby ensuring reliable transmission in a disturbance fluctuation environment. And configuring the transmission mode in the interference fluctuation environment by using a semi-static configuration signaling. After the network device sends the TTI set information to the UE and takes effect, the configuration is always used until the next time the new TTI set information is sent to the UE. The information can indicate long-term transmission configuration information to the UE through one information transmission, effectively reducing information overhead, reducing channel load, improving configuration efficiency, and making the role of semi-static configuration signaling more obvious. For example, if the network device configures one of the transmission modes for each UE, the dynamic control signaling (ie, PDCCH) corresponding to the transmission mode is sent only to the UE, and only the transmission mode is used to send data or receive to the UE. Data from the UE, including downlink data (ie, PDSCH) and uplink data (ie, PUSCH). For the UE, since the network device only configures one transmission mode, the network device only sends the DCI of the format corresponding to the transmission mode to the UEs, and the UE only needs to detect the DCI of the formats sent by the network device. For example, if UE3 is configured with Mode 1, UE3 only needs to detect DCI formats 1 and 1A sent by the network device, and does not need to detect DCI in other formats. However, when the fluctuation of the wireless channel becomes severe, as shown in Figure 2 In the heterogeneous network (Hetogeneous Network, HetNet) environment, UE 1 is served by the first network device, UE2 is served by the second network device, and the transmit power of the first network device and the second network device are different, assuming the first The network device is higher than the second network device, and the coverage of the two network devices is different. The coverage of the first network device includes the coverage of the second network device, so that if the first network device sends a downlink signal to the UE1, The downlink signal sent by the second network device to the UE2 causes strong interference; when the first network device does not send the downlink signal, the UE2 does not cause strong interference to the UE2, that is, the UE2 receives the signal sent by the second network device. The interference fluctuates as the first network device transmits a signal. In such a scenario, UE2 is different in interference from the signal transmitted by the first network device at different times, so different times should be applied to different transmission modes. For example, if UE2 is not subjected to strong interference, it is suitable for transmissions of up to 8 layers, so it is suitable for Mode 9 or 10; if UE2 is subjected to strong interference, it is applicable to a single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, that is, Mode 6. If the prior art is used, only one transmission mode is configured at a time, which increases the channel load and the burden on the network device, or the transmission efficiency is not high. If the technical solution provided in this embodiment is adopted, the network device can configure at least two transmission modes for the UE at one time. For any two transmission modes, the network device sends a data signal to the UE or receives the data signal sent by the UE in the first TTI set according to the transmission mode corresponding to the first transmission mode, and uses the second transmission mode in the second TTI set. The transmission mode transmits a data signal to the UE or receives a data signal sent by the UE. With reference to FIG. 2, the first network device sends the PDSCH to the UE1 only in the first TTI set, and causes strong interference to the UE2, and the second network device can use the first transmission mode suitable for high interference (for example, Mode6). Communicating with the UE to transmit DCI to the UE in DCI format 1B, instructing UE2 to receive the PDSCH in a single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing transmission manner in the first TTI set; further, the first network device does not transmit the PDSCH in the second TTI set Therefore, the UE2 does not cause strong interference to receive the PDSCH sent by the second network device, and the second network device can communicate with the UE2 by using a second transmission mode (for example, Mode9 or 10) suitable for low interference, thereby adopting the DCI format. The 2C sends a DCI to the UE2, instructing the UE2 to receive the PDSCH in a closed-loop spatial multiplexing transmission manner of up to 8 layers in the first TTI set. Therefore, the technical solution shown in this embodiment has the advantage that the network device configures at least two transmission modes for the UE-time, so that different transmission modes are used to communicate with the UE in different TTIs, so that the signal transmission and the interference environment corresponding to the TTI are transmitted. The matching enhances the reliability of the transmission, and effectively reduces the load generated by the channel configuration mode of the network device, and improves the configuration efficiency of the transmission mode. In this paper, the single layer and the 8 layers are the number of transmission layers, and the number of transmission layers is the number of transmission layers representing the space. The higher the number of layers, the higher the transmission efficiency and the worse the stability; the more the number of transmission layers is usually It is suitable for scenarios with high Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR), such as cell center UE. Exemplarily, the intersection between the first TTI set and the second TTI set is 0. The first TTI set transmitted as above does not overlap with the second TTI set, so that it is convenient to keep the complexity of the UE detecting DCI unchanged. As in the downlink of the LTE system, the UE detects the DCI at the TTI numbered n, and also receives the PDSCH in the TTI. Generally, in an LTE system, regardless of the network device configured for the UE In which transmission mode, the UE performs up to 44 DCI detections. The technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention is used. Although the UE is configured with multiple transmission modes, for the same TTI, the UE only needs to detect the DCI corresponding to one transmission mode, and does not increase the UE for DCI detection. frequency. That is, the embodiment of the present invention maintains a transmission mode in the same TTI, and the UE still only needs to detect the DCI corresponding to one transmission mode, and the UE is for the same TTI while increasing the transmission mode that the UE can support. There is no need to increase the number of detected DCI formats, and thus there is no increase in the complexity of the UE detecting DCI. Exemplarily, the first TTI set is a TTI set with a higher interference to the UE than a preset value, and the second TTI set is a TTI set with interference to the UE that is lower than the preset value, The determined reliability of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is higher than the first transmission mode.
可选的,所述对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为发送功率高于第 一网络设备的第二网络设备发送下行信号的 TTI集合,所述对所述 UE的干扰 低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为所述第二网络设备未发送下行信号的 TTI集合, 所述第一网络设备为向所述 UE发送所述半静态配置信令的网络设备;确定的 所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单层的闭环空间复用的传输模式, 确定的所 述第二传输模式为传输方式为最高达 8层的传输的传输模式。  Optionally, the TTI set that is higher than the preset value of the interference of the UE is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal to a second network device whose transmit power is higher than the first network device, where the interference to the UE is low. The TTI set of the preset value is a TTI set in which the second network device does not send a downlink signal, where the first network device is a network device that sends the semi-static configuration signaling to the UE; The first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing, and the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a transmission of up to 8 layers.
如图 3所示的场景中, UE与第二网络设备使用某频带进行通信, 第一网 络设备与第二网络设备之间也可以使用该频带通过无线的方式传输回程信息 (即网络设备之间交互的信息)。 因此, 当第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送 的信号就会对 UE向第二网络设备发送的信号造成干扰。通常, 网络设备之间 传输回程信息的速率是较为恒定的, 因此在一定的时间内用于第一网络设备 和第二网络设备之间交互回程信息所使用的资源也是固定的, 例如, 在 LTE 系统中, 一个无线帧包括 10个子帧 (分别编号为 0〜9), 一个子帧长度即是 一个 TTI。 如果在一个无线帧中编号为 3、 8的 ΤΤΙ被用于发送回程信息, 则 UE在这两个 ΤΤΙ中向第二网络设备发送的上行信号就会受到第一网络设备发 送的回程信息的强干扰, 而在其它 ΤΤΙ则不会受到干扰。 采用上述实施例提 供的方法, 可以为该 UE—次配置两种传输模式。 具体地, 可以将 ΤΤΙ 3 (即 编号为 3的 ΤΤΙ ) 和 ΤΤΙ 8 (即编号为 8的 ΤΤΙ ) 作为上行传输的 ΤΤΙ集合中 的一个 ΤΤΙ集合(为便于描述, 称为第一 ΤΤΙ集合), 将其它 ΤΤΙ可以作为上 行传输的 TTI集合中的另一个 TTI集合 (为便于描述, 称为第二 ΤΤΙ集合), 并确定在第一 ΤΤΙ集合 (即编号为 3、 8的 ΤΤΙ ) 使用第一传输模式, 该第一 传输模式能在强干扰时同样能保证稳定传输, 或者能够适于与无线回程信息 同时传输; 确定在第二 ΤΤΙ集合使用第二传输模式, 能带来较高传输效率, 这样就能同时兼顾这些不同的 ΤΤΙ的干扰情况来使用合适的传输模式。 In the scenario shown in FIG. 3, the UE and the second network device use a certain frequency band for communication, and the first network device and the second network device may also use the frequency band to transmit backhaul information in a wireless manner (ie, between network devices). Interactive information). Therefore, the signal sent by the first network device to the second network device may cause interference to the signal sent by the UE to the second network device. Generally, the rate of transmitting backhaul information between network devices is relatively constant, so the resources used for the interactive backhaul information between the first network device and the second network device are fixed for a certain period of time, for example, in LTE. In the system, one radio frame includes 10 subframes (numbered from 0 to 9 respectively), and one subframe length is a TTI. If the frame numbered 3, 8 is used to transmit the backhaul information in a radio frame, the uplink signal sent by the UE to the second network device in the two frames is strong by the backhaul information sent by the first network device. Interference, while in other areas, it will not be disturbed. With the method provided in the foregoing embodiment, two transmission modes can be configured for the UE. Specifically, ΤΤΙ 3 (ie, ΤΤΙ numbered 3) and ΤΤΙ 8 (ie, ΤΤΙ numbered 8) may be used as a set of ΤΤΙ in the set of uplink transmissions (referred to as a first set of 为 for convenience of description), Put other ΤΤΙ as available Another set of TTIs in the set of TTIs for transmission (referred to as a second set of 为 for ease of description), and determining to use the first transmission mode in the first set (ie, 编号 numbered 3, 8), the first The transmission mode can ensure stable transmission even in the case of strong interference, or can be adapted to be transmitted simultaneously with the wireless backhaul information. It is determined that the second transmission mode is used in the second set, which can bring higher transmission efficiency, so that both of these can be taken into consideration. Different chirp interference conditions are used to use the appropriate transmission mode.
又如图 4所示的 D2D场景, D2D即表示 UE和 UE之间可以直接通信, 无 需通过网络设备。在这种场景中,网络设备可以向 UE发送 D2D信息的 ΤΤΙ中, UE2可以向 UE3直接发送 D2D信号, 而该 D2D信号则会对 UE1向网络设备发 送的上行信号造成干扰, 采用上述实施例提供的方法, 可以将 UE发送 D2D信 号的 ΤΤΙ集合视为上行传输的 ΤΤΙ集合中的第二 ΤΤΙ集合,在确定该第二 ΤΤΙ 集合的 ΤΤΙ内使用网络设备配置的一种传输模式, 而将其它 ΤΤΙ视为上行传 输的 ΤΤΙ集合中的第一 ΤΤΙ集合, 确定在该第一 ΤΤΙ集合的 ΤΤΙ内使用网络 设备配置的另一种传输模式, 以保证可靠传输。  As shown in Figure 4, the D2D scenario indicates that the UE and the UE can communicate directly without going through the network device. In this scenario, the network device may send the D2D information to the UE, and the UE2 may directly send the D2D signal to the UE3, and the D2D signal may cause interference to the uplink signal sent by the UE1 to the network device, which is provided by using the foregoing embodiment. The method, the UE may send the set of D2D signals as a second set of the set of uplink transmissions, and determine a transmission mode configured by the network device in the second set of the second set, and other The first set of ΤΤΙ in the set of uplink transmissions is determined to determine another transmission mode configured by the network device within the ΤΤΙ of the first set to ensure reliable transmission.
或者, 示例性的, 所述第一 ΤΤΙ集合为用于发送第一数据量的 ΤΤΙ集合, 所述第二集合为用于发送第二数据量的 ΤΤΙ集合, 所述第一数据量大于或等 于门限值, 所述第二数据量小于所述门限值, 确定的所述第一传输模式的传 输效率高于所述第二传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式的可靠性高于所述 第一传输模式。 如视频业务场景, 对于通常的视频数据来说, 对于某一视频环境来说, 视频画面的变化是一个慢变过程。 以人移动的视频为例, 网络设备将该段视 频发送给 UE, 如图 5所示, 人从左下角 (左图) 移动到右上角 (右图), 当 画面切换到某人处于特定环境中时 (如下图的左图), 网络设备需要向 UE发 送较大量的数据, 其中包括整个环境的所有视频画面的数据, 此时适于采用 对应空间复用的传输模式。 当环境数据没有发生变化, 其中只有人的位置发 生变化时, 就不需频繁将整个视频画面发送给 UE, 只需将右图相对于左图由 于人移动所造成的部分视频画面的数据发送给 UE即可。这种情况下, 人移动 过程中需要网络设备向 UE发送的数据量不大,此时适于采用如单层的闭环空 间复用的传输模式。 采用本发明实施例所示的方法时, 可以将发送数据量较 大 (如大于预设值的数据量) 的所有 ΤΤΙ视为一个 ΤΤΙ集合 (为便于描述, 下文将该 ΤΤΙ集合称为 ΤΤΙ集合 Μ) , 将发送数据量较小 (如大于预设值的数 据量) 的所有 TTI视为另一个 TTI集合 (为便于描述, 下文将该 TTI集合称 为 TTI集合 N) , 网络设备确定 TTI集合 M的传输模式 m以及 TTI集合 N的传 输模式 n, 并通过一个半静态配置信令, 将 TTI集合 M和 TTI集合 N中的至 少一个 TTI集合的信息及传输模式 m和传输模式 n的信息发送给 UE,则在 TTI 集合 M的 TTI中网络设备使用传输模式 m下的传输方式 (如空间复用 ) 发送 视频数据, UE使用传输模式 m下的传输方式 (如空间复用) 接收网络设备发 送的视频数据; 在 TTI集合 N的 TTI中网络设备使用传输模式 n下的传输方 式 (如单层的闭环空间复用) 发送视频数据, UE使用传输模式 n下的传输方 式 (如单层的闭环空间复用) 接收网络设备发送的视频数据。 这里以视频业务为例对本发明实施例提供的配置无线通信系统信号传输 方式的方法进行了说明, 其它业务数据量会随着时间的不同而不同或者说网 络设备和 UE之间在不同时间传输的数据量不同的例子与之类似,这里不再赘 述。 当网络设备和 UE之间在不同时间传输的数据量不同时,本发明实施例提 供的方法也能有利于这类业务的传输。 具体地, 在视频画面完全变化 (例如 画面切换到人在一个新环境中移动) 时, 网络设备通过上述方法使用高传输 速率对应的传输模式向 UE发送 PDSCH; 而在视频画面部分变化时, 网络设备 使用低传输速率对应的传输模式向 UE发送 PDSCH。 或者网络设备根据视频画 面的变化高于或低于一定门限,来相应使用不同的传输模式向 UE发送 PDSCH。 示例性的,所述至少一个 TTI集合的信息包括周期性的 TTI集合的信息,。 如, 周期性的 TTI集合中, TTI之间间隔相同, 如 TTI集合中的 TTI为编号 为 2、 7、 12、 17、 22、 27的 TTI。 所述周期性的 ΤΤΙ集合的信息包括所述周期性的 ΤΤΙ的集合的周期以及 所述周期性的 ΤΤΙ的集合中 ΤΤΙ的偏移量。例如网络设备向 UE发送 ΤΤΙ集合 中 ΤΤΙ的周期为 5个 TTI , ΤΤΙ偏移量为 3个 ΤΤΙ , 则网络设备将 5个 ΤΤΙ和 偏移量 3个 ΤΤΙ发送给 UE, 则 UE就可以获知 ΤΤΙ集合为编号为 3、 8、 13、 18……的 ΤΤΙ , 从而进一步根据传输模式信息在该 ΤΤΙ集合中进行相应的传 输处理。 Or, exemplarily, the first set of 为 is a set of ΤΤΙ for transmitting a first amount of data, and the second set is a set of 用于 for sending a second amount of data, where the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold value, the second data amount is less than the threshold value, and the determined transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined reliability of the second transmission mode is higher than The first transmission mode. For a video service scenario, for a typical video data, the change of the video picture is a slow process for a certain video environment. Taking a mobile video as an example, the network device sends the video to the UE. As shown in FIG. 5, the person moves from the lower left corner (left image) to the upper right corner (right image), when the screen is switched to someone in a specific environment. In the middle (as shown in the left figure below), the network device needs to send a larger amount of data to the UE, including data of all video pictures of the entire environment, and is suitable for adopting a transmission mode corresponding to spatial multiplexing. When the environmental data does not change, and only the position of the person changes, it is not necessary to frequently send the entire video picture to the UE, and only the data of the part of the video picture caused by the movement of the right picture relative to the left picture is sent to the left picture. The UE can be. In this case, the amount of data that the network device needs to send to the UE during the mobile process is not large, and the transmission mode such as single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing is suitable. When the method shown in the embodiment of the present invention is used, all the 发送 that send a large amount of data (such as the amount of data larger than the preset value) can be regarded as a set of ( (for convenience of description, the ΤΤΙ set is hereinafter referred to as a set of ΤΤΙ Μ) , the amount of data to be sent is small (for example, the number is greater than the preset value) All TTIs of the data volume are regarded as another TTI set (for convenience of description, the TTI set is hereinafter referred to as TTI set N), and the network device determines the transmission mode m of the TTI set M and the transmission mode n of the TTI set N, and passes a semi-static configuration signaling, the information of the at least one TTI set in the TTI set M and the TTI set N and the information of the transmission mode m and the transmission mode n are sent to the UE, and the network device uses the transmission mode in the TTI of the TTI set M The transmission mode under m (such as spatial multiplexing) transmits video data, and the UE uses the transmission mode (such as spatial multiplexing) in the transmission mode m to receive the video data sent by the network device; in the TTI of the TTI set N, the network device uses the transmission mode. The transmission mode under n (such as single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing) transmits video data, and the UE receives the video data transmitted by the network device by using a transmission mode under transmission mode n (such as single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing). The method for configuring the signal transmission mode of the wireless communication system provided by the embodiment of the present invention is described by taking the video service as an example. The amount of other service data may be different with time or transmitted between the network device and the UE at different times. The examples with different amounts of data are similar, and will not be described here. When the amount of data transmitted between the network device and the UE is different at different times, the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention can also facilitate the transmission of such services. Specifically, when the video picture is completely changed (for example, the screen is switched to the person moving in a new environment), the network device sends the PDSCH to the UE by using the transmission mode corresponding to the high transmission rate by using the foregoing method; and when the video picture part changes, the network device The PDSCH is transmitted to the UE using a transmission mode corresponding to a low transmission rate. Or the network device sends the PDSCH to the UE by using different transmission modes according to the change of the video picture being higher or lower than a certain threshold. Exemplarily, the information of the at least one TTI set includes information of a periodic set of TTIs. For example, in a periodic TTI set, the intervals between TTIs are the same, for example, the TTIs in the TTI set are TTIs numbered 2, 7, 12, 17, 22, 27. The information of the periodic set of 包括 includes a period of the set of periodic ΤΤΙ and an offset of ΤΤΙ of the set of periodic ΤΤΙ. For example, if the network device sends the ΤΤΙ in the ΤΤΙ set to 5 TTIs and the ΤΤΙ offset is 3 ΤΤΙ, the network device sends 5 ΤΤΙ and offset 3 ΤΤΙ to the UE, and the UE can learn ΤΤΙ The collection is ΤΤΙ numbered 3, 8, 13, 18, ... to further perform corresponding transmission processing in the collection according to the transmission mode information.
进一步, 向用户设备 UE发送半静态配置信令之后, 还包括: 向 UE发送激活信令如多传输模式半静态调度(Semi-Static Scheduling, SPS) 传输激活信令, 以使 UE在接收到激活信令后, 在接收到下一个半静态 配置信令之前, 根据所述至少一个 TTI集合的信息, 以及所述第一传输模式 信息和所述第二传输模式信息, 在所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合的 TTI内, 采用相应的传输模式传输信号。 After the semi-static configuration signaling is sent to the user equipment UE, the method further includes: Sending activation signaling, such as Semi-Static Scheduling (SPS) transmission activation signaling, to the UE, so that after receiving the activation signaling, the UE receives the next semi-static configuration signaling, according to The information of the at least one TTI set, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, are transmitted in a corresponding transmission mode in a TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set signal.
例如, 向用户设备 UE发送半静态配置信令之后, 网络设备可仅向 UE发 送一次调度信令, 用于激活多传输模式 SPS传输, 该传输生效例如 UE收到了 该调度信令并向网络设备反馈肯定应答 (Acknowledge, ACK) 之后, 则网络 设备就在第一 TTI集合中使用第一传输模式向 UE发送下行数据, 在第二 TTI 集合中使用第二传输模式向 UE发送下行数据。这样, 仅通过一次调度即可以 触发 UE在多个 TTI中接收网络设备发送的数据,并且不同 TTI对应的传输模 式不同。 例如, 第一传输模式支持高传输速率 (例如 Mode9), 可以用于传输 视频画面完全变化时的数据; 第二传输模式支持低传输速率 (例如 Mode6 ), 可以用于传输视频画面部分变化时的数据, 并且节约 DCI 信息开销和发送 PDSCH的资源。 当不需要传输视频信号时 (例如视频信号传输完成), 网络设 备就可以向 UE再发送去激活信令, 来取消多传输模式 SPS传输。  For example, after the semi-static configuration signaling is sent to the user equipment UE, the network device may send the scheduling signaling to the UE only once, for activating the multi-transmission mode SPS transmission, for example, the UE receives the scheduling signaling and sends the scheduling signaling to the network device. After the acknowledgement (ACK), the network device sends the downlink data to the UE in the first TTI set using the first transmission mode, and uses the second transmission mode to send the downlink data to the UE in the second TTI set. In this way, the UE can be triggered to receive data sent by the network device in multiple TTIs by using only one scheduling, and the transmission modes corresponding to different TTIs are different. For example, the first transmission mode supports a high transmission rate (for example, Mode9), and can be used to transmit data when the video picture is completely changed; the second transmission mode supports a low transmission rate (for example, Mode6), which can be used when transmitting a video picture part change. Data, and save DCI information overhead and resources for sending PDSCH. When it is not necessary to transmit a video signal (for example, the video signal transmission is completed), the network device can retransmit the deactivation signaling to the UE to cancel the multi-transmission mode SPS transmission.
对于混合自动重传请求 (Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request , HARQ) 场 景, 本发明实施例提供的方法还包括:  For the Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HQQ) scenario, the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention further includes:
接收所述 UE在所述第一 TTI集合中采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式 初次传输的数据并进行解码; 在解码失败的情况下, 向所述 UE发送采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方 式进行数据的重新传输的第一指示;  Receiving, by the UE, data that is initially transmitted by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode in the first TTI set, and performing decoding; if the decoding fails, sending, by using, the first transmission mode to the UE a first indication of the retransmission of data by the transmission mode;
接收所述 UE 根据所述第一指示采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式重 新传输的数据并进行解码;  Receiving, by the UE, data that is retransmitted by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode according to the first indication, and decoding;
或者, 还包括:  Or, it also includes:
接收所述 UE在所述第二 TTI集合中采用第二传输模式下的传输方式初次 传输的数据并进行解码;  Receiving, by the UE, the data initially transmitted by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode in the second TTI set, and decoding;
在解码失败的情况下, 向所述 UE发送采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方 式进行数据的重新传输的第二指示; In case the decoding fails, the transmitting party in the second transmission mode is sent to the UE. a second indication of retransmission of data;
接收所述 UE 根据所述第二指示采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式重 新传输的数据并进行解码。 以保证本发明实施例所示的方法还可应用到 HARQ 中。  Receiving, by the UE, data that is retransmitted by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode according to the second indication, and performing decoding. To ensure that the method shown in the embodiment of the present invention can also be applied to HARQ.
图 6为本发明另一个实施例提供的配置无线通信系统信号传输方式的方 法的流程图。 本实施例所示的方法与图 1-图 5所示的方法相对应, 为 UE侧 的处理流程, 包括:  FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a method for configuring a signal transmission manner of a wireless communication system according to another embodiment of the present invention. The method shown in this embodiment corresponds to the method shown in FIG. 1 to FIG. 5, and is a processing flow on the UE side, including:
步骤 61、 接收网络设备发送的半静态配置信令, 所述半静态配置信令携 带有第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以 及第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息, 所述第一传输模式为所述网络设 备确定的所述第一 TTI集合对应的传输模式, 所述第二传输模式为所述网络 设备确定的所述第二 TTI集合对应的传输模式, 所述第一传输模式和第二传 输模式不同。  Step 61: Receive semi-static configuration signaling sent by the network device, where the semi-static configuration signaling carries at least one TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the The second transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the first TTI set determined by the network device, where the second transmission mode is corresponding to the second TTI set determined by the network device In the transmission mode, the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different.
步骤 62、 根据所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息, 在所述第一 TTI 集合和所述第二 TTI集合的 TTI内, 采用相应的传输模式传输信号。 示例性的, 所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式为上行传输模式, 或 者所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式为下行传输模式。  Step 62: According to at least one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, in the first TTI set and the second Within the TTI of the TTI set, the signal is transmitted using the corresponding transmission mode. Exemplarily, the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes.
示例性的, 所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合之间的交集为 0。 示例性的, 至  Exemplarily, the intersection between the first TTI set and the second TTI set is 0. Illustrative, to
所述第一 TTI集合为对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰高于预设值 的 TTI集合,所述第二 TTI集合为对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰低 于所述预设值的 TTI集合, 确定的所述第一传输模式的可靠性高于所述第二 传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式的传输效率高于所述第一传输模式; 或者, 所述第一 TTI集合为用于发送第一数据量的 TTI集合, 所述第二 集合为用于发送第二数据量的 TTI集合,所述第一数据量大于或等于门限值, 所述第二数据量小于所述门限值, 确定的所述第一传输模式的传输效率高于 所述第二传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式的可靠性高于所述第一传输模 式。 示例性的, The first TTI set is a TTI set that is higher than a preset value for a UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling, and the second TTI set is a low interference to a UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling. And determining, by the TTI set of the preset value, that the reliability of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, and determining that the transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is higher than the first transmission mode; Or the first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs for transmitting a first amount of data, and the second set is a set of TTIs for sending a second amount of data, where the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold value, The second data amount is less than the threshold, and the determined transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined reliability of the second transmission mode is higher than the first Transmission mode Style. Illustrative,
所述对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为发 送功率高于所述网络设备的网络设备发送下行信号的 TTI集合, 所述对接收 所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为发送功率高于 所述网络设备的网络设备未发送下行信号的 TTI集合; 确定的所述第一传输 模式为传输方式为单层的闭环空间复用的传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模 式为传输方式为最高达 8层的传输的传输模式; 或者,所述对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集 合为网络设备之间交互回程信息的 TTI集合, 所述对接收所述半静态配置信 令的 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间未交互回程信息的 TTI 集合; 确定的所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单层传输或大延迟循环延 迟分集 CDD的传输模式, 或者为传输方式不支持协作多点发送 /接收 CoMP的 传输模式, 或者为传输方式为单天线端口的传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输 模式为传输方式为大于 1 层的空间复用的传输模式, 或者为传输方式支持 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为空间复用的传输模式。 示例性的,所述至少一个 TTI集合的信息包括周期性的 TTI集合的信息, 所述周期性的 TTI集合的信息包括所述周期性的 TTI的集合的周期以及所述 周期性的 TTI的集合中 TTI的偏移量。 示例性的,  The TTI set that is higher than the preset value of the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal that is higher than the network device of the network device, and the pair receives the semi-static The TTI set with the interference of the UE configured with the signaling being lower than the preset value is a TTI set whose transmission power is higher than the network device of the network device that does not send the downlink signal; the determined first transmission mode is a single transmission mode a transmission mode of the closed-loop spatial multiplexing of the layer, where the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a transmission of up to 8 layers; or the interference of the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is high The TTI set of the preset value is a TTI set of the interactive backhaul information between the network devices, and the TTI set that is less than the preset value of the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is not between the network devices. a TTI set of interactive backhaul information; the determined first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is single layer transmission or large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD, or the transmission mode is not supported Coordinated multi-point transmission/reception CoMP transmission mode, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single antenna port, and the determined second transmission mode is a spatial multiplexing transmission mode in which the transmission mode is greater than 1 layer, or a transmission mode Supports the transmission mode of CoMP, or the transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing. Exemplarily, the information of the at least one TTI set includes information of a periodic TTI set, where the information of the periodic TTI set includes a period of the set of periodic TTIs and a set of the periodic TTIs. The offset of the TTI. Illustrative,
当所述半静态配置信令携带所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息 中的一个 TTI集合信息时, 所述方法还包括: 根据所述半静态配置信令携带的所述一个 TTI集合信息, 确定所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的另一个 TTI集合信息。 示例性的, 接收网络设备发送的半静态配置信令之后, 还包括: 接收所述网络设备发送的激活信令;  When the semi-static configuration signaling carries one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, the method further includes: performing, according to the semi-static configuration signaling, the one TTI The set information determines another TTI set information in the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information. Illustratively, after receiving the semi-static configuration signaling sent by the network device, the method further includes: receiving an activation signaling sent by the network device;
根据所述信令, 在所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合的 TTI内, 采 用相应的传输模式传输信号。 示例性的, According to the signaling, in the TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set, The signal is transmitted in the corresponding transmission mode. Illustrative,
还包括: 在所述第一 TTI集合中, 采用第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的初 次传输;  The method further includes: performing, in the first TTI set, an initial transmission of data by using a transmission mode in a first transmission mode;
接收所述网络设备发送的采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数据 的重新传输的第一指示; 根据接收的所述第一指示, 采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数 据的重新传输;  Receiving, by the network device, a first indication of performing retransmission of data by using a transmission mode in the first transmission mode; and performing data according to the first transmission mode by using the first indication received Retransmission;
或者, 还包括:  Or, it also includes:
在所述第二 TTI集合中, 采用第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的初 次传输;  In the second TTI set, the initial transmission of data is performed by using a transmission mode in the second transmission mode;
接收所述网络设备发送的采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数据 的重新传输的第二指示; 根据接收的所述第二指示, 采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数 据的重新传输。  Receiving, by the network device, a second indication for performing retransmission of data by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode; and performing data according to the transmission mode in the second transmission mode according to the received second indication Retransmission.
示例性的, 所述半静态配置信令中还携带有所述第三 TTI集合信息和所 述第四 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第三传输模式信 息和所述第四传输模式信息; 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式为上行传输 模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式为下行传输模式, 或者, 所述第一 传输模式和第二传输模式为下行传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模 式为上行传输模式;  Exemplarily, the semi-static configuration signaling further includes at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information and the The fourth transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode. In the downlink transmission mode, the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes;
所述第三传输模式为所述网络设备确定的所述第三 TTI集合对应的传输 模式, 所述第四传输模式为所述网络设备确定的所述第四 TTI集合对应的传 输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第第四传输模式不同。  The third transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set determined by the network device, and the fourth transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set determined by the network device, The third transmission mode is different from the fourth transmission mode.
示例性的, 所述第三 TTI集合、 第四 TTI集合和所述第一 TTI集合、 第 二 TTI集合部分重叠。 示例性的, 根据所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一 个 TTI集合信息, 以及第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息, 在所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合的 TTI 内, 采用相应的传输模式传输信号, 包 括: Exemplarily, the third TTI set, the fourth TTI set, and the first TTI set and the second TTI set partially overlap. Exemplarily, according to at least one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, in the first TTI set and the first Within the TTI of the two TTI sets, signals are transmitted using corresponding transmission modes, including:
根据所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合 信息确定用来传输信号的 TTI所属的 TTI集合; 若所述用来传输信号的 TTI属于所述第一 TTI集合, 则在所述用来传输 信号的 TTI上采用所述第一传输模式传输信号; 若所述用来传输信号的 TTI 属于所述第二 TTI集合, 则在所述用来传输信号的 TTI上采用所述第二传输 模式传输信号。  Determining, according to the at least one TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, a TTI set to which the TTI used to transmit the signal belongs; if the TTI used to transmit the signal belongs to the first TTI set, And transmitting, by using the first transmission mode, on the TTI for transmitting a signal; if the TTI used to transmit the signal belongs to the second TTI set, adopting on the TTI for transmitting the signal The second transmission mode transmits a signal.
上述 TTI集合及其信息、 配置的传输模式及其信息和激活信令详见图 1- 图 5所示实施例中的说明。 示例性的,  The foregoing TTI set and its information, the configured transmission mode, and its information and activation signaling are detailed in the description of the embodiment shown in FIG. Illustrative,
还包括: 在所述第一 TTI集合中, 采用第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的初 次传输; 接收所述网络设备发送的采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数据 的重新传输的第一指示; 根据接收的所述第一指示, 采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数 据的重新传输; 或者, 还包括:  The method further includes: in the first TTI set, performing initial transmission of data by using a transmission mode in a first transmission mode; and receiving retransmission of data by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode sent by the network device The first indication is: performing retransmission of the data by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode according to the received first indication; or, further comprising:
在所述第二 TTI集合中, 采用第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的初 次传输; 接收所述网络设备发送的采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数据 的重新传输的第二指示; 根据接收的所述第二指示, 采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数 据的重新传输。 例如,对于混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request, HARQ) 传输, 通常网络设备若在编号为 n的 TTI向 UE发送 DCI用于调度 UE进行上 行传输,则 UE就在编号为 n+4的 TTI发送 PUSCH,网络设备则会在编号为 n+8 的 TTI 向 UE发送 ACK/否定应答 (Negative Acknowledge, NAK), 将网络设 备是否正确解码 UE发送的 PUSCH的信息通知 UE; 若该信息为 NAK, 即网络设 备未能正确解码 PUSCH, 则 UE就会在编号为 n+12的 TTI再次向网络设备重 新发送 PUSCH。 对于本发明实施例提供的配置无线通信系统信号传输方式的方法来说, 若编号为 n+4和 n+12的 TTI分别属于第一 TTI集合和第二 TTI集合,就会导 致初传和重传分别使用不同的传输模式, 为了降低传输的复杂性, 本发明实 施例进一步限定,若网络设备指示 UE在第一 TTI集合中使用第一传输模式进 行初次数据的传输、 而指示 UE在第二 TTI集合中重新传输数据, 则 UE在第 二 TTI集合中使用第一传输模式发送或接收数据信号。 例如, 编号为 n+4和 n+12的 TTI分别属于第一和第二 TTI集合, 则网络设备在编号为 n的 TTI向 UE发送 DCI以指示 UE在编号为 n+4的 TTI使用第一传输模式发送 PUSCH;若 网络设备没有正确解码 UE发送的 PUSCH, 则在编号为 n+8的 TTI向 UE发送 信息,指示 UE在编号 n+12的 TTI重新使用第一传输模式重新发送 PUSCH (虽 然编号为 n+8的 TTI属于第二 TTI集合)。 通过使用本发明实施例提供的方法,可以一次为 UE配置多于一种传输模 式, 并且不同传输模式对应的 TTI子集不同, 则网络设备就在不同的 TTI向 UE发送该 TTI所属的子集对应格式的信令, 来调度 UE采用该信令所对应的 传输方式发送或接收信号; 不同的传输模式分别适合于不同干扰情况, 从而 保证了在干扰波动环境中的可靠传输, 降低了信息开销, 提高了信道利用率。 图 7为本发明另一实施例提供的配置无线通信系统信号传输方式的网络 设备的结构示意图。 本实施例所示的网络设备用于实现图 1所示实施例中的 方法, 可以为基站 (Base Station, BS )、 接入点 (Access Point , AP)、 远 端无线设备 (Remote Radio Equipment, RRE)、 远端无线端口 (Remote Radio Head, RRH)、远端无线单元 (Remote Radio Unit, RRU)、中继节点 (Relay node) 等。 本实施例中, 网络设备包括: 传输模式确定单元 71和信令发送单元 72。 传输模式确定单元 71用于确定第一传输时间间隔 TTI集合对应的第一传 输模式和第二 TTI集合对应的第二传输模式, 所述第一传输模式和第二传输 模式不同; In the second TTI set, the first transmission of the data is performed by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode; and the second transmission by the network device by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode for retransmission of data is received. Instructing; according to the received second indication, performing retransmission of data by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode. For example, for Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) transmission, if the network device sends a DCI to the UE for scheduling uplink transmission in the TTI with the number n, the UE is numbered n+4. The TTI sends the PUSCH, and the network device sends an ACK/Negative Acknowledge (NAK) to the UE at the TTI numbered n+8, and notifies the UE whether the network device correctly decodes the PUSCH information sent by the UE; if the information is NAK If the network device fails to correctly decode the PUSCH, the UE retransmits the PUSCH to the network device again at the TTI numbered n+12. For the method for configuring the signal transmission mode of the wireless communication system provided by the embodiment of the present invention, if the TTIs numbered n+4 and n+12 belong to the first TTI set and the second TTI set, respectively, the initial transmission and the heavy weight are caused. In order to reduce the complexity of the transmission, the embodiment of the present invention further defines that if the network device instructs the UE to use the first transmission mode to perform initial data transmission in the first TTI set, the UE is instructed to be in the second The data is retransmitted in the TTI set, and the UE transmits or receives the data signal in the second TTI set using the first transmission mode. For example, the TTIs numbered n+4 and n+12 belong to the first and second TTI sets, respectively, and the network device sends the DCI to the UE in the TTI numbered n to indicate that the UE uses the first in the TTI numbered n+4. The transmission mode transmits the PUSCH; if the network device does not correctly decode the PUSCH sent by the UE, the TTI with the number n+8 sends a message to the UE, instructing the UE to re-transmit the PUSCH in the TTI of the number n+12 by using the first transmission mode (although The TTI numbered n+8 belongs to the second TTI set). By using the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, more than one transmission mode may be configured for the UE at a time, and the TTI subsets of different transmission modes are different, and the network device sends the subset to which the TTI belongs to the UE in different TTIs. Corresponding to the signaling of the format, the UE is scheduled to transmit or receive signals according to the transmission mode corresponding to the signaling; different transmission modes are respectively adapted to different interference situations, thereby ensuring reliable transmission in the interference fluctuation environment and reducing information overhead. , improved channel utilization. FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device for configuring a signal transmission manner of a wireless communication system according to another embodiment of the present invention. The network device shown in this embodiment is used to implement the method in the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, and may be a base station (BS), an access point (AP), or a remote radio device (Remote Radio Equipment, RRE), Remote Radio Head (RRH), Remote Radio Unit (RRU), Relay Node, etc. In this embodiment, the network device includes: a transmission mode determining unit 71 and a signaling sending unit 72. The transmission mode determining unit 71 is configured to determine a first transmission mode corresponding to the first transmission time interval TTI set and a second transmission mode corresponding to the second TTI set, where the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different;
信令发送单元 72用于通过半静态配置信令向用户设备 UE发送所述第一 TTI集合信息和所述第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所 述第一传输模式信息和所述第二传输模式信息。  The signaling sending unit 72 is configured to send, by using the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information to the user equipment UE, and the first transmission mode information and The second transmission mode information.
示例性的,所述传输模式确定单元 71确定的所述第一传输模式和所述第 二传输模式为上行传输模式, 或者所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式为 下行传输模式。  Exemplarily, the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode determined by the transmission mode determining unit 71 are an uplink transmission mode, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes.
示例性的, 所述传输模式确定单元 71的处理对象中, 所述第一 TTI集合 和所述第二 TTI集合之间的交集为 0。  Exemplarily, in the processing object of the transmission mode determining unit 71, an intersection between the first TTI set and the second TTI set is 0.
示例性的, 所述传输模式确定单元 71的处理对象中,  Exemplarily, among the processing objects of the transmission mode determining unit 71,
所述第一 TTI集合为对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合,所述第二 TTI集合为对所述 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合; 所述传输模式确定 单元确定的所述第一传输模式的可靠性高于所述第二传输模式, 确定的所述 第二传输模式的传输效率高于所述第一传输模式;  The first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs that have a higher interference to the UE than a preset value, and the second set of TTIs is a set of TTIs that have interference with the UE that is lower than the preset value; The reliability of the first transmission mode determined by the determining unit is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is higher than the first transmission mode;
或者, 所述第一 TTI集合为用于发送第一数据量的 TTI集合, 所述第二 集合为用于发送第二数据量的 TTI集合,所述第一数据量大于或等于门限值, 所述第二数据量小于所述门限值, 所述传输模式确定单元确定的所述第一传 输模式的传输效率高于所述第二传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式的可靠 性高于所述第一传输模式。  Or the first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs for transmitting a first amount of data, and the second set is a set of TTIs for sending a second amount of data, where the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold value, The second data amount is less than the threshold value, and the transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode determined by the transmission mode determining unit is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined reliability of the second transmission mode is determined. Higher than the first transmission mode.
进一步, 所述传输模式确定单元 71的处理对象中, 所述对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为发送功率高于第一网络设 备的第二网络设备发送下行信号的 TTI集合,所述对所述 UE的干扰低于所述 预设值的 TTI集合为所述第二网络设备未发送下行信号的 TTI集合, 所述第 一网络设备为向所述 UE发送所述半静态配置信令的网络设备;所述传输模式 确定单元 71 确定的所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单层的闭环空间复用的 传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式为传输方式为最高达 8层的传输的传输 模式; Further, in the processing object of the transmission mode determining unit 71, the TTI set in which the interference to the UE is higher than a preset value is a TTI set in which the second network device that transmits power is higher than the first network device sends a downlink signal. And the TTI set that is lower than the preset value of the UE is a TTI set that the second network device does not send a downlink signal, where the first network device sends the semi-static to the UE a network device configured with signaling; the first transmission mode determined by the transmission mode determining unit 71 is a closed-loop spatial multiplexing transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single layer, and the determined second transmission mode is the highest transmission mode. Up to 8 layers of transmission transmission Mode
或者,所述对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间交互 回程信息或用户设备之间进行设备间直接通信 D2D的 TTI集合, 所述对所述 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间未交互回程信息或未进 行 D2D的 TTI集合;所述传输模式确定单元 71确定的所述第一传输模式为传 输方式为单层传输或大延迟循环延迟分集 CDD的传输模式, 或者为传输方式 不支持协作多点发送 /接收 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为单天线端口 的传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式为传输方式为大于 1层的空间复用的 传输模式, 或者为传输方式支持 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为空间复 用的传输模式。  Or the TTI set that is higher than the preset value by the UE is a TTI set of inter-device direct communication D2D between the network devices, and the interference between the UEs is low. The TTI set of the preset value is a non-interactive backhaul information between the network devices or a TTI set that is not D2D; the first transmission mode determined by the transmission mode determining unit 71 is a single layer transmission or a large transmission mode. Delayed cyclic delay diversity CDD transmission mode, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode does not support coordinated multi-point transmission/reception CoMP, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single antenna port, and the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode A spatially multiplexed transmission mode of more than one layer, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode supports CoMP, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing.
进一步,所述信令发送单元 72通过半静态配置信令发送的所述至少一个 TTI集合的信息包括周期性的 TTI集合的信息, 所述周期性的 TTI集合的信 息包括所述周期性的 TTI的集合的周期以及所述周期性的 TTI的集合中 TTI 的偏移量。 示例性的, 所述网络设备还可包括: 激活单元,用于在所述信令发送单元 72通过半静态配置信令向用户设备 UE发送所述第一 TTI集合信息和所述第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集 合信息, 以及所述第一传输模式信息和所述第二传输模式信息之后, 向所述 UE发送激活信令, 以使所述 UE在接收到所述激活信令后, 根据所述至少一 个 TTI集合的信息, 以及所述第一传输模式信息和所述第二传输模式信息, 在所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合的 TTI内, 采用相应的传输模式传 输信号。 示例性的, 所述网络设备还可包括: 第一数据接收单元,用于接收所述 UE在所述第一 TTI集合中采用所述第 一传输模式下的传输方式初次传输的数据并进行解码; 第一指示单元, 用于在解码失败的情况下, 向所述 UE发送采用所述第一 传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的重新传输的第一指示; 所述第一数据单元,还用于接收所述 UE根据所述第一指示单元发送的所 述第一指示, 采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式重新传输的数据并进行解 码; 或者, 所述网络设备还包括: 第二数据接收单元,用于接收所述 UE在所述第二 TTI集合中采用第二传 输模式下的传输方式初次传输的数据并进行解码; Further, the information of the at least one TTI set sent by the signaling sending unit 72 through the semi-static configuration signaling includes information of a periodic TTI set, where the information of the periodic TTI set includes the periodic TTI The period of the set and the offset of the TTI in the set of periodic TTIs. Exemplarily, the network device may further include: an activation unit, configured to send, by the signaling sending unit 72, the first TTI set information and the second TTI set to the user equipment UE by using semi-static configuration signaling After the at least one TTI set information in the information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, send activation signaling to the UE, so that after the UE receives the activation signaling, Corresponding transmission is performed in the TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set according to the information of the at least one TTI set, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information Mode transmits signals. For example, the network device may further include: a first data receiving unit, configured to receive, by the UE, data that is initially transmitted by using a transmission mode in the first transmission mode in the first TTI set, and perform decoding a first indication unit, configured to send, to the UE, a first indication that the data is retransmitted by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode, where the decoding fails; the first data unit is further used Receiving, by the UE, according to the first indication unit The first indication, the data retransmitted by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode is used for decoding; or the network device further includes: a second data receiving unit, configured to receive the UE in the second The data originally transmitted by the transmission mode in the second transmission mode is used in the TTI set and decoded;
第二指示单元, 用于在解码失败的情况下, 向所述 UE发送采用所述第二 传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的重新传输的第二指示;  a second indication unit, configured to send, to the UE, a second indication that the data is retransmitted by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode, if the decoding fails;
所述第二数据单元,还用于接收所述 UE根据所述第二指示单元发送的所 述第二指示, 采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式重新传输的数据并进行解 码。 示例性的, 所述传输模式确定单元 71 还用于确定第三 TTI集合对应的第三传输模式和第四 TTI集合对应的第 四传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式不同; 所述第一传输模式和 第二传输模式为上行传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式为下行传 输模式, 或者, 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式为下行传输模式, 所述第 三传输模式和第四传输模式为上行传输模式;  The second data unit is further configured to receive data that is retransmitted by the UE according to the second indication sent by the second indication unit, and perform re-transmission using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode. Exemplarily, the transmission mode determining unit 71 is further configured to determine a third transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set and a fourth transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set, where the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are different; The first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes. The third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes;
所述信令发送单元还用于通过所述半静态配置信令向用户设备 UE 发送 所述第三 TTI集合信息和所述第四 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第三传输模式信息和所述第四传输模式信息, 还包括: 通过所述半 静态配置信令向所述 UE发送所述第三 TTI集合信息和所述第四 TTI集合信息 中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第三传输模式信息和所述第四传输模 式信息。  The signaling sending unit is further configured to send, by using the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one TTI set information of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information to the user equipment UE, and the third And the transmitting the mode information and the fourth transmission mode information, the method further includes: transmitting, by using the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information to the UE And the third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission mode information.
示例性的, 所述传输模式确定单元 71的处理对象中, 所述第三 TT集合、 第四 TTI集合和所述第一 TTI集合、 第二 TTI集合可部分重叠。 本实施例提供的网络设备通过信令发送单元发送一个半静态配置信令, 可以为 UE配置至少两种传输模式, 并且不同传输模式对应的 TTI集合不同, 使得网络设备可以在不同的 TTI向 UE发送该 TTI所属的 TTI集合对应的传输 模式所对应的 DCI格式的信令,来调度 UE采用该信令所对应的传输方式传输 信号。 这样, 不同的传输模式可以分别适合于不同的干扰情况, 从而保证了 在干扰波动环境中的可靠传输。 并且, 通过一个半静态配置信令实现干扰波 动环境中的传输模式的配置,网络设备向 UE发送一次 TTI集合信息并生效之 后,在下一次向 UE发送新的 TTI集合信息之前一直都会使用该次配置的信息, 能够通过一次信息传递就向 UE指示长时间的传输配置信息,有效地降低了信 息开销, 也降低了信道负荷, 提高了配置效率, 也使得半静态配置信令的作 用更加明显。 图 8为本发明另一实施例提供的配置无线通信系统信号传输方式的用户 设备的结构示意图。 本实施例所示的用户设备用于实现图 6所示实施例中的 方法, 包括: 配置信令接收单元 81和传输单元 82。 配置信令接收单元 81用于接收网络设备发送的半静态配置信令,所述半 静态配置信令携带有第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI 集合信息, 以及第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息, 所述第一传输模式 为所述网络设备确定的所述第一 TTI集合对应的传输模式, 所述第二传输模 式为所述网络设备确定的所述第二 TTI集合对应的传输模式, 所述第一传输 模式和第二传输模式不同; Exemplarily, in the processing object of the transmission mode determining unit 71, the third TT set, the fourth TTI set, and the first TTI set and the second TTI set may partially overlap. The network device provided in this embodiment sends a semi-static configuration signaling by using a signaling sending unit, and can configure at least two transmission modes for the UE, and the TTI sets corresponding to different transmission modes are different, so that the network device can be in different TTIs to the UE. Transmitting the signaling of the DCI format corresponding to the transmission mode corresponding to the TTI set to which the TTI belongs, and scheduling the UE to transmit by using the transmission mode corresponding to the signaling Signal. In this way, different transmission modes can be adapted to different interference situations, respectively, thereby ensuring reliable transmission in a disturbance fluctuation environment. And configuring the transmission mode in the interference fluctuation environment by using a semi-static configuration signaling. After the network device sends the TTI set information to the UE and takes effect, the configuration is always used until the next TTI set information is sent to the UE. The information can indicate long-term transmission configuration information to the UE through one information transmission, effectively reducing information overhead, reducing channel load, improving configuration efficiency, and making the role of semi-static configuration signaling more obvious. FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment for configuring a signal transmission manner of a wireless communication system according to another embodiment of the present invention. The user equipment shown in this embodiment is used to implement the method in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, and includes: a configuration signaling receiving unit 81 and a transmission unit 82. The configuration signaling receiving unit 81 is configured to receive semi-static configuration signaling sent by the network device, where the semi-static configuration signaling carries at least one TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first a transmission mode information and a second transmission mode information, where the first transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the first TTI set determined by the network device, and the second transmission mode is the first determined by the network device a transmission mode corresponding to the two TTI sets, where the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different;
传输单元 82用于根据所述配置信令接收单元 81接收的半静态配置信令 中携带的所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合 信息, 以及第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息, 在所述第一 TTI集合和 所述第二 TTI集合的 TTI内, 采用相应的传输模式传输信号。 示例性的,所述配置信令接收单元 81接收的半静态配置信令携带的所述 第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息对应的所述第一传输模式和所述第二 传输模式为上行传输模式, 或者所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式为下 行传输模式。  The transmitting unit 82 is configured to: according to the at least one TTI set information and the second TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit 81, and the first transmission mode. The information and the second transmission mode information, in the TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set, transmit signals by using corresponding transmission modes. Illustratively, the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information corresponding to the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried by the configuration signaling receiving unit 81 are The uplink transmission mode, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes.
示例性的,所述配置信令接收单元 81接收的半静态配置信令携带的所述 至少一个 TTI集合信息中, 第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合之间的交集为 0。 进一步, 所述配置信令接收单元 81接收的半静态配置信令中 携带的所述至少一个 TTI集合信息中, 所述第一 TTI集合为对接收所述 半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合,所述第二 TTI集合为对 接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合,所述配置 信令接收单元 81 接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述第一传输模式信息和 第二传输模式信息中, 所述第一传输模式的可靠性高于所述第二传输模式, 所述第二传输模式的传输效率高于所述第一传输模式; 或者,所述配置信令接收单元 81接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至 少一个 TTI集合信息中, 所述第一 TTI集合为用于发送第一数据量的 TTI集 合, 所述第二集合为用于发送第二数据量的 TTI集合, 所述第一数据量大于 或等于门限值, 所述第二数据量小于所述门限值, 所述配置信令接收单元 81 接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息 中, 所述第一传输模式的传输效率高于所述第二传输模式, 所述第二传输模 式的可靠性高于所述第一传输模式。 进一步, 所述配置信令接收单元 81接收的半静态配置信令中 携带的所述至少一个 TTI集合信息中, 所述对接收所述半静态配置信令 的 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为发送功率高于所述网络设备的网络设备 发送下行信号的 TTI集合,所述对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰低于 所述预设值的 TTI集合为发送功率高于所述网络设备的网络设备未发送下行 信号的 TTI集合;所述配置信令接收单元 81接收的半静态配置信令中携带的 所述第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息中, 所述第一传输模式为传输方 式为单层的闭环空间复用的传输模式, 所述第二传输模式为传输方式为最高 达 8层的传输的传输模式; 或者,所述配置信令接收单元 81接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至 少一个 TTI集合信息中,所述对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰高于预 设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间交互回程信息的 TTI集合, 所述对接收所述 半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间未交 互回程信息的 TTI集合;所述配置信令接收单元 81接收的半静态配置信令中 携带的所述第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息中, 所述第一传输模式为 传输方式为单层传输或大延迟循环延迟分集 CDD的传输模式, 或者为传输方 式不支持协作多点发送 /接收 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为单天线端 口的传输模式, 所述第二传输模式为传输方式为大于 1层的空间复用的传输 模式, 或者为传输方式支持 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为空间复用的 传输模式。 Exemplarily, in the at least one TTI set information carried by the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit 81, an intersection between the first TTI set and the second TTI set is 0. Further, in the at least one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit 81, the first TTI set is The interference of the UE of the semi-static configuration signaling is higher than the preset TTI set, and the second TTI set is a TTI set that is lower than the preset value for the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling. In the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit 81, the reliability of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode. The transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is higher than the first transmission mode; or the at least one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit 81, the a TTI set is a TTI set for transmitting a first data quantity, the second set is a TTI set for sending a second data quantity, the first data quantity is greater than or equal to a threshold value, and the second data is The quantity is less than the threshold value, and the transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode in the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit 81 Higher than the above In the second transmission mode, the reliability of the second transmission mode is higher than the first transmission mode. Further, in the at least one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit 81, the interference of the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is higher than a preset value. The TTI set is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal to a network device that has a higher transmit power than the network device, and the TTI set that is less than the preset value of the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is a high transmit power. The network device of the network device does not send the TTI set of the downlink signal; the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit 81, The first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing, and the second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a transmission of up to 8 layers; or the configuration signaling receiving unit 81 In the at least one TTI set information carried in the received semi-static configuration signaling, the TTI set that is higher than the preset value of the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is a network. a TTI set of inter-exchange backhaul information, where the TTI set that is less than the preset value for the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is a TTI set of non-interactive backhaul information between the network devices; In the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the signaling receiving unit 81, the first transmission mode is a single layer transmission or a large delay cyclic delay diversity. The transmission mode of the CDD, or the transmission mode does not support the coordinated multi-point transmission/reception CoMP transmission mode, or the transmission mode is a single antenna end. The transmission mode of the port is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing of more than one layer, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode supports CoMP, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing.
进一步,所述配置信令接收单元 81接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述 至少一个 TTI集合的信息包括周期性的 TTI集合的信息, 所述周期性的 TTI 集合的信息包括所述周期性的 TTI的集合的周期以及所述周期性的 TTI的集 合中 TTI的偏移量。 示例性的,当所述配置信令接收单元 81接收的半静态配置信令携带所述 第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的一个 TTI集合信息时, 所述传输 单元 82还用于根据所述配置信令接收单元 81接收的所述半静态配置信令携 带的所述两个 TTI集合中的一个 TTI集合的信息, 确定第一 TTI集合信息和 第二 TTI集合信息中的另一个 TTI集合信息。 示例性的, 所述用户设备还可包括: 激活信令接收单元,用于在所述配置信令接收单元 81接收网络设备发送 的半静态配置信令之后, 接收所述网络设备发送的激活信令;  Further, the information of the at least one TTI set carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit 81 includes information of a periodic TTI set, where the information of the periodic TTI set includes the period The period of the set of TTIs and the offset of the TTI in the set of periodic TTIs. Exemplarily, when the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit 81 carries one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, the transmitting unit 82 is further used to Determining, according to the information of one of the two TTI sets in the two TTI sets carried by the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit 81, determining another one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information TTI collection information. For example, the user equipment may further include: an activation signaling receiving unit, configured to: after the configuration signaling receiving unit 81 receives the semi-static configuration signaling sent by the network device, receive an activation signal sent by the network device Order
所述传输单元 82,用于根据所述激活信令接收单元接收的所述激活信令, 在所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合的 TTI内, 采用相应的传输模式传 输信号。  The transmitting unit 82 is configured to transmit, according to the activation signaling received by the activation signaling receiving unit, a signal in a corresponding transmission mode in the TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set.
示例性的, 所述传输单元 82还用于: 在所述第一 TTI集合中, 采用第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的初 次传输; 接收所述网络设备发送的采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数据 的重新传输的第一指示; 根据接收的所述第一指示, 采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数 据的重新传输; 或者, 所述传输单元 82还用于: 在所述第二 TTI集合中, 采用第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的初 次传输; 接收所述网络设备发送的采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数据 的重新传输的第二指示; 根据接收的所述第二指示, 采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数 据的重新传输。 For example, the transmitting unit 82 is further configured to: in the first TTI set, perform initial transmission of data by using a transmission mode in a first transmission mode; and receive, by using, the first transmission by the network device a first indication of the retransmission of the data in the mode of the transmission; the retransmission of the data by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode according to the received first indication; or the transmission unit 82 is further used In the second TTI set, performing initial transmission of data by using a transmission mode in the second transmission mode; Receiving, by the network device, a second indication for performing retransmission of data by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode; and performing data according to the transmission mode in the second transmission mode according to the received second indication Retransmission.
示例性的,当所述配置信令接收单元 81接收的半静态配置信令还携带有 所述第三 TTI集合信息和所述第四 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第三传输模式信息和所述第四传输模式信息; 所述第一传输模式和 第二传输模式为上行传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式为下行传 输模式, 或者, 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式为下行传输模式, 所述第 三传输模式和第四传输模式为上行传输模式; 所述第三传输模式为所述网络设备确定的所述第三 TTI集合对应的传输 模式, 所述第四传输模式为所述网络设备确定的所述第四 TTI集合对应的传 输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第第四传输模式不同。 示例性的,所述配置信令接收单元 81接收的半静态配置信令携带的所述 第三 TTI集合信息和所述第四 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息中, 所述第三 TTI集合、 第四 TTI集合和所述第一 TTI集合、 第二 TTI集合部分 重叠。  Exemplarily, the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit 81 further carries at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the The third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission mode information; the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or The first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are the downlink transmission mode, and the third transmission mode is the third TTI set determined by the network device. a transmission mode, where the fourth transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set determined by the network device, where the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are different. Illustratively, in the third TTI set information and the at least one TTI set information in the fourth TTI set information that are received by the configuration signaling receiving unit 81, the third TTI The set, the fourth TTI set, and the first TTI set, the second TTI set partially overlap.
示例性的, 所述传输单元 82具体用于: 根据所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合 信息确定用来传输信号的 TTI所属的 TTI集合; 若所述用来传输信号的 TTI属于所述第一 TTI集合, 则在所述用来传输 信号的 TTI上采用所述第一传输模式传输信号; 若所述用来传输信号的 TTI 属于所述第二 TTI集合, 则在所述用来传输信号的 TTI上采用所述第二传输 模式传输信号。 本实施例提供的用户设备通过配置信令接收单元接收包含至少两种传输 模式的信息的静态配置信令, 可以一次为 UE配置多于一种传输模式, 并且不 同传输模式对应的 TTI子集不同, 则网络设备就在不同的 TTI 向 UE发送该 TTI所属的子集对应格式的信令, 来调度 UE采用该信令所对应的传输方式发 送或接收信号; 不同的传输模式分别适合于不同干扰情况, 从而保证了在干 扰波动环境中的可靠传输, 降低了信息开销, 提高了信道利用率。 Exemplarily, the transmitting unit 82 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the at least one TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, a TTI set to which a TTI used to transmit a signal belongs; The TTI to transmit the signal belongs to the first set of TTIs, and the first transmission mode is used to transmit the signal on the TTI for transmitting the signal; if the TTI used to transmit the signal belongs to the second TTI set And transmitting the signal in the second transmission mode on the TTI for transmitting the signal. The user equipment provided in this embodiment receives static configuration signaling including information of at least two transmission modes by using a configuration signaling receiving unit, and may configure more than one transmission mode for the UE at a time, and different TTI subsets corresponding to different transmission modes are different. And the network device sends the signaling corresponding to the format of the subset to which the TTI belongs to the UE in different TTIs, to schedule the UE to use the transmission mode corresponding to the signaling. Send or receive signals; Different transmission modes are suitable for different interference situations, thus ensuring reliable transmission in the interference fluctuation environment, reducing information overhead and improving channel utilization.
图 9为本发明另一实施例提供的网络设备的结构示意图。 本实施例所示 的网络设备用于实现图 1所示实施例中的方法, 可为基站 (Base Station, BS)、 接入点 (Access Point, AP)、 远端无线设备 (Remote Radio Equipment, RRE)、远端无线端口(Remote Radio Head, RRH)、远端无线单元(Remote Radio Unit, RRU)、 中继节点 (Relay node) 等设备。 本实施例中, 网络设备包括: 发射器 91和处理器 92。 处理器 91, 用于确定第一传输时间间隔 TTI集合对应的第一传输模式和 第二 TTI集合对应的第二传输模式,所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式不同; 发射器 92, 用于通过半静态配置信令向用户设备 UE发送所述处理器 81 确定的所述第一 TTI集合信息和所述第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集 合信息, 以及所述第一传输模式信息和所述第二传输模式信息。  FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to another embodiment of the present invention. The network device shown in this embodiment is used to implement the method in the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, and may be a base station (BS), an access point (AP), or a remote radio device (Remote Radio Equipment, RRE), remote radio head (RRH), remote radio unit (RRU), relay node, and other devices. In this embodiment, the network device includes: a transmitter 91 and a processor 92. The processor 91 is configured to determine a first transmission mode corresponding to the first transmission time interval TTI set and a second transmission mode corresponding to the second TTI set, where the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different; Transmitting, by the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information determined by the processor 81 to the user equipment UE, and the first transmission mode information And the second transmission mode information.
示例性的,所述处理器 91确定的所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式 为上行传输模式, 或者所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式为下行传输模 式。  Exemplarily, the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode determined by the processor 91 are an uplink transmission mode, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes.
示例性的, 所述处理器 91的处理对象中, 所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合之间的交集为 0。 示例性的, 所述处理器 91的处理对象中, 所述第一 TTI集合为对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合,所述第二 Exemplarily, in the processing object of the processor 91, an intersection between the first TTI set and the second TTI set is 0. Exemplarily, in the processing object of the processor 91, the first TTI set is a TTI set with interference to the UE that is higher than a preset value, and the second
TTI集合为对所述 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合; 所述处理器 91确 定的所述第一传输模式的可靠性高于所述第二传输模式, 确定的所述第二传 输模式的传输效率高于所述第一传输模式; The TTI is set to a TTI set whose interference to the UE is lower than the preset value; the reliability of the first transmission mode determined by the processor 91 is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined The transmission efficiency of the two transmission modes is higher than the first transmission mode;
或者, 所述第一 TTI集合为用于发送第一数据量的 TTI集合, 所述第二 集合为用于发送第二数据量的 TTI集合,所述第一数据量大于或等于门限值, 所述第二数据量小于所述门限值,所述处理器 91确定的所述第一传输模式的 传输效率高于所述第二传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式的可靠性高于所 述第一传输模式。 示例性的, 所述处理器 91的处理对象中, 所述对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为发送功率高于第一网络设 备的第二网络设备发送下行信号的 TTI集合,所述对所述 UE的干扰低于所述 预设值的 TTI集合为所述第二网络设备未发送下行信号的 TTI集合, 所述第 一网络设备为向所述 UE 发送所述半静态配置信令的网络设备; 所述处理器 91确定的所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单层的闭环空间复用的传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式为传输方式为最高达 8层的传输的传输模式; Or the first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs for transmitting a first amount of data, and the second set is a set of TTIs for sending a second amount of data, where the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold value, The second data amount is less than the threshold value, and the transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode determined by the processor 91 is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined reliability of the second transmission mode is high. In the first transmission mode. Exemplarily, in the processing object of the processor 91, the TTI set that is higher than the preset value of the interference of the UE is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal that is higher than the second network device of the first network device. The TTI set that is less than the preset value for the UE is a TTI set that the second network device does not send a downlink signal, where the first network device sends the semi-static to the UE a network device configured with signaling; the first transmission mode determined by the processor 91 is a closed-loop spatial multiplexing transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single layer, and the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode of up to 8 The transmission mode of the layer's transmission;
或者,所述对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间交互 回程信息或用户设备之间进行设备间直接通信 D2D的 TTI集合, 所述对所述 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间未交互回程信息或未进 行 D2D的 TTI集合;所述处理器 91确定的所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单 层传输或大延迟循环延迟分集 CDD的传输模式, 或者为传输方式不支持协作 多点发送 /接收 CoMP的传输模式,或者为传输方式为单天线端口的传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式为传输方式为大于 1层的空间复用的传输模式, 或 者为传输方式支持 CoMP 的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为空间复用的传输模 式。 示例性的, 所述发射器 92通过半静态配置信令发送的所述至少一个 TTI 集合的信息包括周期性的 TTI集合的信息, 所述周期性的 TTI集合的信息包 括所述周期性的 TTI的集合的周期以及所述周期性的 TTI的集合中 TTI的偏 移量。  Or the TTI set that is higher than the preset value by the UE is a TTI set of inter-device direct communication D2D between the network devices, and the interference between the UEs is low. The TTI set of the preset value is a non-interactive backhaul information between the network devices or a TTI set that is not D2D; the first transmission mode determined by the processor 91 is a single layer transmission or a large delay loop. The transmission mode of the delay diversity CDD, or the transmission mode in which the transmission mode does not support the coordinated multi-point transmission/reception CoMP, or the transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single antenna port, the second transmission mode determined is that the transmission mode is greater than 1 The spatially multiplexed transmission mode of the layer, or the transmission mode in which the transmission mode supports CoMP, or the transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing. Exemplarily, the information of the at least one TTI set sent by the transmitter 92 through the semi-static configuration signaling includes information of a periodic TTI set, where the information of the periodic TTI set includes the periodic TTI The period of the set and the offset of the TTI in the set of periodic TTIs.
示例性的, 所述发射器 92还用于在通过半静态配置信令向用户设备 UE 发送所述第一 TTI集合信息和所述第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合 信息, 以及所述第一传输模式信息和所述第二传输模式信息之后, 向所述 UE 发送激活信令, 以使所述 UE 在接收到所述激活信令后, 根据所述至少一个 TTI 集合的信息, 以及所述第一传输模式信息和所述第二传输模式信息, 在 所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合的 TTI内, 采用相应的传输模式传输 信号。  Exemplarily, the transmitter 92 is further configured to send, by using the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information to the user equipment UE, and the After the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, sending, to the UE, activation signaling, after the UE receives the activation signaling, according to the information of the at least one TTI set, and The first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, in a TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set, transmit signals by using a corresponding transmission mode.
示例性的, 所述网络设备还包括:  Exemplarily, the network device further includes:
第一接收器,用于接收所述 UE在所述第一 TTI集合中采用所述第一传输 模式下的传输方式初次传输的数据; a first receiver, configured to receive, by the UE, the first transmission in the first TTI set The data transmitted for the first time in the mode of transmission;
所述处理器 91, 还用于对所述第一接收器接收的所述 UE初次传输的数 据进行解码;  The processor 91 is further configured to decode data that is initially transmitted by the UE that is received by the first receiver;
所述发射器 92, 还用于在所述处理器 91解码失败的情况下, 向所述 UE 发送采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的重新传输的第一指示; 所述第一接收器, 还用于接收所述 UE根据所述发射器 92发送的所述第 一指示, 采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式重新传输的数据;  The transmitter 92 is further configured to: when the processor 91 fails to decode, send, to the UE, a first indication that performs retransmission of data by using a transmission mode in the first transmission mode; a receiver, configured to receive data that is retransmitted by the UE according to the first indication sent by the transmitter 92 by using a transmission manner in the first transmission mode;
所述处理器 91, 还用于对所述第一接收器接收的所述 UE重新传输的数 据进行解码;  The processor 91 is further configured to: decode data that is retransmitted by the UE that is received by the first receiver;
或者, 所述网络设备还包括:  Or the network device further includes:
第二接收器,用于接收所述 UE在所述第二 TTI集合中采用第二传输模式 下的传输方式初次传输的数据;  a second receiver, configured to receive data that is initially transmitted by the UE in the second TTI set by using a transmission mode in a second transmission mode;
所述处理器 91, 还用于对所述第二接收器接收的所述 UE初次传输的数 据进行解码;  The processor 91 is further configured to: decode data that is initially transmitted by the UE that is received by the second receiver;
所述发射器 92, 还用于在所述处理器 91解码失败的情况下, 向所述 UE 发送采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的重新传输的第二指示; 所述第二接收器, 还用于接收所述 UE根据所述发射器 92发送的所述第 二指示, 采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式重新传输的数据;  The transmitter 92 is further configured to: when the processor 91 fails to decode, send, to the UE, a second indication that performs retransmission of data by using a transmission mode in the second transmission mode; The second receiver is further configured to receive data that is retransmitted by the UE according to the second indication sent by the transmitter 92 by using a transmission manner in the second transmission mode;
所述处理器 91, 还用于对所述第二接收器接收的所述 UE重新传输的数 据进行解码。  The processor 91 is further configured to decode data retransmitted by the UE received by the second receiver.
示例性的,所述处理器 91还用于确定第三 TTI集合对应的第三传输模式 和第四 TTI集合对应的第四传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式不 同; 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式为上行传输模式, 所述第三传输模式 和第四传输模式为下行传输模式, 或者, 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式 为下行传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式为上行传输模式;  Exemplarily, the processor 91 is further configured to determine a third transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set and a fourth transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set, where the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are different; The first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, where The third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes;
所述发射器 92还用于通过所述半静态配置信令向用户设备 UE发送所述 第三 TTI集合信息和所述第四 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以 及所述第三传输模式信息和所述第四传输模式信息, 还包括: 通过所述半静 态配置信令向所述 UE发送所述第三 TTI集合信息和所述第四 TTI集合信息中 的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第三传输模式信息和所述第四传输模式 信息。 示例性的, 所述处理器 91的处理对象中, 所述第三 TT集合、 第四 TTI 集合和所述第一 TTI集合、 第二 TTI集合部分重叠。 本实施例提供的网络设备通过发射器发送一个半静态配置信令, 可以为The transmitter 92 is further configured to send, by using the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information to the user equipment UE, to And the third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission mode information, the method further includes: sending, by the semi-static configuration signaling, the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information to the UE At least one TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission mode information. Exemplarily, in the processing target of the processor 91, the third TT set, the fourth TTI set, and the first TTI set and the second TTI set partially overlap. The network device provided in this embodiment sends a semi-static configuration signaling through a transmitter, which may be
UE配置至少两种传输模式, 并且不同传输模式对应的 TTI集合不同, 使得网 络设备可以在不同的 TTI向 UE发送该 TTI所属的 TTI集合对应的传输模式所 对应的 DCI格式的信令, 来调度 UE采用该信令所对应的传输方式传输信号。 这样, 不同的传输模式可以分别适合于不同的干扰情况, 从而保证了在干扰 波动环境中的可靠传输。 并且, 通过一个半静态配置信令实现干扰波动环境 中的传输模式的配置, 网络设备向 UE发送一次 TTI集合信息并生效之后, 在 下一次向 UE发送新的 TTI集合信息之前一直都会使用该次配置的信息,能够 通过一次信息传递就向 UE指示长时间的传输配置信息,有效地降低了信息开 销, 也降低了信道负荷, 提高了配置效率, 也使得半静态配置信令的作用更 加明显。 图 10为本发明另一实施例提供的用户设备的结构示意图。本实施例所示 的用户设备用户实现图 6所示实施例中的方法, 包括: 接收器 101、 处理器 102和发射器 103。 接收器 101, 用于接收网络设备发送的半静态配置信令, 所述半静态配 置信令携带有第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合 信息, 以及第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息, 所述第一传输模式为所 述网络设备确定的所述第一 TTI集合对应的传输模式, 所述第二传输模式为 所述网络设备确定的所述第二 TTI集合对应的传输模式, 所述第一传输模式 和第二传输模式不同; 处理器 102, 用于根据所述接收器 101接收的半静态配置信令中携带的 所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以 及第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息, 在所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合的 TTI内, 发出采用相应的传输模式传输信号的指示; 所述接收器 101, 还用于根据所述处理器 102 的指示采用相应的传输模 式接收信号; The UE configures at least two transmission modes, and the TTI sets corresponding to different transmission modes are different, so that the network device can send signaling of the DCI format corresponding to the transmission mode corresponding to the TTI set to which the TTI belongs to the UE in different TTIs to schedule The UE transmits the signal by using the transmission mode corresponding to the signaling. In this way, different transmission modes can be adapted to different interference situations, respectively, thereby ensuring reliable transmission in a disturbance fluctuation environment. And configuring the transmission mode in the interference fluctuation environment by using a semi-static configuration signaling. After the network device sends the TTI set information to the UE and takes effect, the configuration is always used until the next time the new TTI set information is sent to the UE. The information can indicate long-term transmission configuration information to the UE through one information transmission, effectively reducing information overhead, reducing channel load, improving configuration efficiency, and making the role of semi-static configuration signaling more obvious. FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention. The user equipment user shown in this embodiment implements the method in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, and includes: a receiver 101, a processor 102, and a transmitter 103. The receiver 101 is configured to receive semi-static configuration signaling sent by the network device, where the semi-static configuration signaling carries at least one TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode. Information and second transmission mode information, where the first transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the first TTI set determined by the network device, and the second transmission mode is the second TTI determined by the network device The first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different, and the processor 102 is configured to: according to the first TTI set information and the first part of the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver 101 At least one TTI set information in the two TTI set information, and first transmission mode information and second transmission mode information, in the first TTI set and the second In the TTI of the TTI set, an indication of transmitting a signal in a corresponding transmission mode is sent; the receiver 101 is further configured to receive a signal according to the indication of the processor 102 by using a corresponding transmission mode;
发射器 103, 用于根据所述处理器 102 的指示采用相应的传输模式发送 信号。 示例性的, 所述接收器 101接收的所述半静态配置信令携带的所述第一 传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息对应的所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输 模式为上行传输模式, 或者所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式为下行传 输模式。  The transmitter 103 is configured to send a signal according to the indication of the processor 102 by using a corresponding transmission mode. The first transmission mode and the second transmission mode corresponding to the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information that are received by the receiver 101 are uplink. The transmission mode, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes.
示例性的, 所述接收器 101接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至少一 个 TTI集合信息中, 第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合之间的交集为 0。 示例性的, 所述接收器 101接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至少一 个 TTI集合信息中,所述第一 TTI集合为对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的 干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合, 所述第二 TTI集合为对接收所述半静态配置信 令的 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合,所述接收器 101接收的半静态配 置信令中携带的所述第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息中, 所述第一传 输模式的可靠性高于所述第二传输模式, 所述第二传输模式的传输效率高于 所述第一传输模式;  For example, in the at least one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver 101, an intersection between the first TTI set and the second TTI set is 0. Illustratively, in the at least one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver 101, the first TTI set is that the interference of the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is higher than a set of preset TTIs, where the second set of TTIs is a set of TTIs for which the interference of the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is lower than the preset value, and the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver 101 In the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in the first transmission mode, the reliability of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, and the transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is higher than the foregoing a transmission mode;
或者,所述接收器 101接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至少一个 TTI 集合信息中, 所述第一 TTI集合为用于发送第一数据量的 TTI集合, 所述第 二集合为用于发送第二数据量的 TTI集合, 所述第一数据量大于或等于门限 值, 所述第二数据量小于所述门限值, 所述接收器 101接收的半静态配置信 令中携带的所述第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息中, 所述第一传输模 式的传输效率高于所述第二传输模式, 所述第二传输模式的可靠性高于所述 第一传输模式。 示例性的, 所述接收器 101接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至少一 个 TTI集合信息中,所述对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰高于预设值 的 TTI集合为发送功率高于所述网络设备的网络设备发送下行信号的 TTI集 合,所述对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合 为发送功率高于所述网络设备的网络设备未发送下行信号的 TTI集合; 所述 接收器 101接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述第一传输模式信息和第二传 输模式信息中, 所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单层的闭环空间复用的传输 模式, 所述第二传输模式为传输方式为最高达 8层的传输的传输模式; Or, in the at least one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver 101, the first TTI set is a TTI set for sending a first data quantity, and the second set is a set of TTIs for transmitting a second amount of data, where the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold, and the second amount of data is less than the threshold, and the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver 101 is used. In the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information that are carried, the transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, and the reliability of the second transmission mode is higher than the first Transfer mode. Illustratively, in the at least one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver 101, the interference of the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is higher than a preset TTI. The set is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal to a network device whose transmit power is higher than the network device, where the interference of the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is lower than the TTI set of the preset value. And the second transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver 101, where the network device that sends the power is higher than the network device that does not send the downlink signal, The first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which a transmission mode is a single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing, and the second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which a transmission mode is a transmission of up to 8 layers;
或者,所述接收器 101接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至少一个 TTI 集合信息中, 所述对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI 集合为网络设备之间交互回程信息的 TTI集合, 所述对接收所述半静态配置 信令的 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间未交互回程信息 的 TTI集合; 所述接收器 101接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述第一传输 模式信息和第二传输模式信息中, 所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单层传输 或大延迟循环延迟分集 CDD的传输模式, 或者为传输方式不支持协作多点发 送 /接收 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为单天线端口的传输模式, 所述 第二传输模式为传输方式为大于 1层的空间复用的传输模式, 或者为传输方 式支持 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为空间复用的传输模式。 示例性的, 所述接收器 101接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至少一 个 TTI集合的信息包括周期性的 TTI集合的信息, 所述周期性的 TTI集合的 信息包括所述周期性的 TTI的集合的周期以及所述周期性的 TTI的集合中 TTI 的偏移量。  Or, in the at least one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver 101, the TTI set that is higher than the preset value of the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is And a TTI set of the backhaul information of the network device, wherein the TTI set that is less than the preset value of the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is a TTI set of the non-interactive backhaul information between the network devices; In the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver 101, the first transmission mode is a single layer transmission or a large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD. The transmission mode is either a transmission mode in which the coordinated multi-point transmission/reception CoMP is not supported, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single antenna port, and the second transmission mode is a spatial multiplexing in which the transmission mode is greater than one layer. The transmission mode is either a transmission mode in which the transmission mode supports CoMP, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing. For example, the information of the at least one TTI set carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver 101 includes information of a periodic TTI set, where the information of the periodic TTI set includes the periodicity. The period of the set of TTIs and the offset of the TTIs in the set of periodic TTIs.
示例性的, 当所述接收器 101接收的半静态配置信令携带所述第一 TTI 集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的一个 TTI集合信息时, 所述处理器 102还 用于根据所述半静态配置信令携带的所述两个 TTI集合中的一个 TTI集合的 信息,确定第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的另一个 TTI集合信息。 示例性的,  Illustratively, when the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver 101 carries one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, the processor 102 is further configured to perform according to the The information of one of the two TTI sets carried in the semi-static configuration signaling is used to determine another TTI set information in the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information. Illustrative,
所述接收器 101还用于在接收网络设备发送的半静态配置信令之后, 接 收所述网络设备发送的激活信令; 所述处理器 102还用于根据所述接收器 101接收的所述激活信令, 指示 所述接收器 101和所述发射器 103在所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合 的 TTI内, 采用相应的传输模式传输信号。 示例性的, 所述接收器 101和发射器 103还用于在所述第一 TTI集合中, 采用第一 传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的初次传输; The receiver 101 is further configured to: after receiving the semi-static configuration signaling sent by the network device, receive the activation signaling sent by the network device; the processor 102 is further configured to receive, according to the receiver 101, the Activating signaling, instructing the receiver 101 and the transmitter 103 to transmit signals in a corresponding transmission mode within the TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set. Illustrative, The receiver 101 and the transmitter 103 are further configured to: in the first TTI set, perform initial transmission of data by using a transmission mode in a first transmission mode;
所述接收器 101还用于接收所述网络设备发送的采用所述第一传输模式 下的传输方式进行数据的重新传输的第一指示;  The receiver 101 is further configured to receive a first indication sent by the network device to perform retransmission of data by using a transmission mode in the first transmission mode;
所述处理器 102还用于根据所述接收器 101接收的所述第一指示, 指示 所述接收器 101和发射器 103采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数据 的重新传输; 或者,  The processor 102 is further configured to: according to the first indication received by the receiver 101, instruct the receiver 101 and the transmitter 103 to perform retransmission of data by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode; or ,
所述接收器 101和发射器 103还用于在所述第二 TTI集合中, 采用第二 传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的初次传输;  The receiver 101 and the transmitter 103 are further configured to perform initial transmission of data in the second TTI set by using a transmission mode in the second transmission mode;
所述接收器 101还用于接收所述网络设备发送的采用所述第二传输模式 下的传输方式进行数据的重新传输的第二指示;  The receiver 101 is further configured to receive, by the network device, a second indication that the data is retransmitted by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode;
所述处理器 102还用于根据所述接收器 101接收的所述第二指示, 指示 所述接收器 101和发射器 103采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数据 的重新传输。  The processor 102 is further configured to instruct the receiver 101 and the transmitter 103 to perform retransmission of data by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode according to the second indication received by the receiver 101.
示例性的,所述接收器 101接收的半静态配置信令还携带有所述第三 TTI 集合信息和所述第四 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第 三传输模式信息和所述第四传输模式信息; 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模 式为上行传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式为下行传输模式, 或 者, 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式为下行传输模式, 所述第三传输模式 和第四传输模式为上行传输模式;  Exemplarily, the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver 101 further carries at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information. And the fourth transmission mode information; the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and The second transmission mode is a downlink transmission mode, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes;
所述第三传输模式为所述网络设备确定的所述第三 TTI集合对应的传输 模式, 所述第四传输模式为所述网络设备确定的所述第四 TTI集合对应的传 输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第第四传输模式不同。  The third transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set determined by the network device, and the fourth transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set determined by the network device, The third transmission mode is different from the fourth transmission mode.
示例性的, 所述接收器 101接收的半静态配置信令携带的所述第三 TTI 集合信息和所述第四 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息中, 所述第三 TTI集合、 第四 TTI集合和所述第一 TTI集合、 第二 TTI集合部分重叠。 示例性的, 所述处理器 102具体用于: 根据所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合 信息确定用来传输信号的 TTI所属的 TTI集合; 若所述用来传输信号的 TTI属于所述第一 TTI集合, 则在所述用来传输 信号的 TTI上指示所述接收器 101和发射器 103采用所述第一传输模式传输 信号; 若所述用来传输信号的 TTI属于所述第二 TTI集合, 则在所述用来传 输信号的 TTI上指示所述接收器 101和发射器 103采用所述第二传输模式传 输信号。 本实施例提供的用户设备通过接收器接收包含至少两种传输模式的信息 的静态配置信令, 可以一次为 UE配置多于一种传输模式, 并且不同传输模式 对应的 TTI子集不同,则网络设备就在不同的 TTI向 UE发送该 TTI所属的子 集对应格式的信令, 来调度 UE 采用该信令所对应的传输方式发送或接收信 号; 不同的传输模式分别适合于不同干扰情况, 从而保证了在干扰波动环境 中的可靠传输, 降低了信息开销, 提高了信道利用率。 本发明实施例还给出一种计算机程序产品, 该计算机程序产品包括计算 机可读介质, 该可读介质包括第一组程序代码, 用于执行上述图 1所示方法 中的步骤: 确定第一传输时间间隔 TTI集合对应的第一传输模式和第二 TTI集合对 应的第二传输模式, 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式不同; Illustratively, in the third TTI set information and the at least one TTI set information in the fourth TTI set information carried by the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver 101, the third TTI set, The four TTI set and the first TTI set and the second TTI set partially overlap. Exemplarily, the processor 102 is specifically configured to: Determining, according to the at least one TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, a TTI set to which the TTI used to transmit the signal belongs; if the TTI used to transmit the signal belongs to the first TTI set, And indicating, on the TTI for transmitting the signal, that the receiver 101 and the transmitter 103 transmit the signal by using the first transmission mode; if the TTI for transmitting the signal belongs to the second TTI set, The TTI for transmitting a signal indicates that the receiver 101 and the transmitter 103 transmit signals using the second transmission mode. The user equipment provided in this embodiment receives static configuration signaling including information of at least two transmission modes through a receiver, and may configure more than one transmission mode for the UE at a time, and different TTI subsets corresponding to different transmission modes are different, and the network The device sends signaling corresponding to the format of the subset to which the TTI belongs to the UE in different TTIs to schedule the UE to transmit or receive signals according to the transmission mode corresponding to the signaling; different transmission modes are respectively adapted to different interference situations, thereby It ensures reliable transmission in the interference fluctuation environment, reduces information overhead and improves channel utilization. The embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer program product, the computer program product comprising a computer readable medium, the readable medium comprising a first set of program code, for performing the steps in the method shown in FIG. Transmitting a first transmission mode corresponding to the TTI set and a second transmission mode corresponding to the second TTI set, where the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different;
通过半静态配置信令向用户设备 UE发送所述第一 TTI集合信息和所述第 二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第一传输模式信息和 所述第二传输模式信息。 可选的, 所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式为上行传输模式, 或者 所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式为下行传输模式。  Transmitting, by the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, to the user equipment UE . Optionally, the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes.
可选的, 所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合之间的交集为 0。 可选的,  Optionally, the intersection between the first TTI set and the second TTI set is 0. Optional,
所述第一 TTI集合为对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合,所述第二 TTI集合为对所述 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合, 确定的所述第一传 输模式的可靠性高于所述第二传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式的传输效 率高于所述第一传输模式; 或者 The first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs that have interference with the UE that is higher than a preset value, and the second set of TTIs is a set of TTIs that have interference with the UE that is lower than the preset value, and the determined The reliability of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is determined The rate is higher than the first transmission mode; or
所述第一 TTI集合为用于发送第一数据量的 TTI集合, 所述第二集合为 用于发送第二数据量的 TTI集合, 所述第一数据量大于或等于门限值, 所述 第二数据量小于所述门限值, 确定的所述第一传输模式的传输效率高于所述 第二传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式的可靠性高于所述第一传输模式。  The first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs for transmitting a first amount of data, and the second set is a set of TTIs for transmitting a second amount of data, where the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold value, The second data amount is smaller than the threshold, and the determined transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined reliability of the second transmission mode is higher than the first transmission mode. .
可选的,所述对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为发送功率高于第 一网络设备的第二网络设备发送下行信号的 TTI集合,所述对所述 UE的干扰 低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为所述第二网络设备未发送下行信号的 TTI集合, 所述第一网络设备为向所述 UE发送所述半静态配置信令的网络设备;确定的 所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单层的闭环空间复用的传输模式, 确定的所 述第二传输模式为传输方式为最高达 8层的传输的传输模式;  Optionally, the TTI set that is higher than the preset value of the interference of the UE is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal to a second network device whose transmit power is higher than the first network device, where the interference to the UE is low. The TTI set of the preset value is a TTI set in which the second network device does not send a downlink signal, where the first network device is a network device that sends the semi-static configuration signaling to the UE; The first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing, and the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a transmission of up to 8 layers;
或者,所述对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间交互 回程信息或用户设备之间进行设备间直接通信 D2D的 TTI集合, 所述对所述 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间未交互回程信息或未进 行 D2D的 TTI集合; 确定的所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单层传输或大延 迟循环延迟分集 CDD的传输模式,或者为传输方式不支持协作多点发送 /接收 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为单天线端口的传输模式, 确定的所述第 二传输模式为传输方式为大于 1层的空间复用的传输模式, 或者为传输方式 支持 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为空间复用的传输模式。 可选的, 所述至少一个 TTI集合的信息包括周期性的 TTI集合的信息, 所述周期性的 TTI集合的信息包括所述周期性的 TTI的集合的周期以及所述 周期性的 TTI的集合中 TTI的偏移量。 可选的,通过半静态配置信令向用户设备 UE发送所述第一 TTI集合信息 和所述第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第一传输模 式信息和所述第二传输模式信息之后, 还包括:  Or the TTI set that is higher than the preset value by the UE is a TTI set of inter-device direct communication D2D between the network devices, and the interference between the UEs is low. The TTI set of the preset value is a non-interactive backhaul information between the network devices or a TTI set that is not D2D; the determined first transmission mode is a transmission mode of single layer transmission or large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD transmission. Mode, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode does not support coordinated multi-point transmission/reception CoMP, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single antenna port, and the determined second transmission mode is spatial multiplexing in which the transmission mode is greater than one layer. The transmission mode is either a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is supported by CoMP, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing. Optionally, the information of the at least one TTI set includes information of a periodic TTI set, where the information of the periodic TTI set includes a period of the set of periodic TTIs and a set of the periodic TTIs. The offset of the TTI. Optionally, the at least one TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information is sent to the user equipment UE by the semi-static configuration signaling, and the first transmission mode information and the first After the second transmission mode information, it also includes:
向所述 UE发送激活信令, 以使所述 UE在接收到所述激活信令后, 根据 所述至少一个 TTI集合的信息, 以及所述第一传输模式信息和所述第二传输 模式信息, 在所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合的 TTI内, 采用相应的 可选的, 还包括: Sending, to the UE, activation signaling, after the UE receives the activation signaling, according to the information of the at least one TTI set, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information. In the TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set, adopt corresponding Optionally, it also includes:
接收所述 UE在所述第一 TTI集合中采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式 初次传输的数据并进行解码;  Receiving, by the UE, data that is initially transmitted by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode in the first TTI set, and performing decoding;
在解码失败的情况下, 向所述 UE发送采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方 式进行数据的重新传输的第一指示;  And transmitting, in the case of the decoding failure, a first indication to the UE to perform retransmission of data by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode;
接收所述 UE 根据所述第一指示采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式重 新传输的数据并进行解码;  Receiving, by the UE, data that is retransmitted by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode according to the first indication, and decoding;
或者, 还包括:  Or, it also includes:
接收所述 UE在所述第二 TTI集合中采用第二传输模式下的传输方式初次 传输的数据并进行解码;  Receiving, by the UE, the data initially transmitted by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode in the second TTI set, and decoding;
在解码失败的情况下, 向所述 UE发送采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方 式进行数据的重新传输的第二指示;  And in the case that the decoding fails, sending, to the UE, a second indication that the retransmission of data is performed by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode;
接收所述 UE 根据所述第二指示采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式重 新传输的数据并进行解码。  Receiving, by the UE, data that is retransmitted by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode according to the second indication, and performing decoding.
可选的, 还包括: 确定第三 TTI集合对应的第三传输模式和第四 TTI集 合对应的第四传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式不同; 所述第一 传输模式和第二传输模式为上行传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模 式为下行传输模式, 或者, 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式为下行传输模 式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式为上行传输模式;  Optionally, the method further includes: determining a third transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set and a fourth transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set, where the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are different; The second transmission mode is an uplink transmission mode, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode is The fourth transmission mode is an uplink transmission mode;
通过所述半静态配置信令向用户设备 UE发送所述第三 TTI集合信息和所 述第四 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第三传输模式信 息和所述第四传输模式信息, 还包括: 通过所述半静态配置信令向所述 UE发 送所述第三 TTI集合信息和所述第四 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信 息, 以及所述第三传输模式信息和所述第四传输模式信息。  Transmitting, by the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission to the user equipment UE The mode information, the method further includes: transmitting, by the semi-static configuration signaling, at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information to the UE And the fourth transmission mode information.
可选的,  Optional,
所述第三 TT集合、第四 TTI集合和所述第一 TTI集合、第二 TTI集合部 分重叠。 另外, 本发明实施例还给出另一种计算机程序产品, 该计算机程序产品 包括计算机可读介质, 该可读介质包括第二组程序代码, 用于执行上述图 2 所示方法中的步骤: 接收网络设备发送的半静态配置信令, 所述半静态配置信令携带有第一 传输时间间隔 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息, 所述第一传输模式为所述网络 设备确定的所述第一 TTI集合对应的传输模式, 所述第二传输模式为所述网 络设备确定的所述第二 TTI集合对应的传输模式, 所述第一传输模式和第二 传输模式不同; The third TT set, the fourth TTI set, and the first TTI set and the second TTI set part Overlap. In addition, an embodiment of the present invention further provides another computer program product, the computer program product comprising a computer readable medium, the readable medium comprising a second set of program code, for performing the steps in the method shown in FIG. 2: And receiving the semi-static configuration signaling sent by the network device, where the semi-static configuration signaling carries at least one TTI set information of the first transmission time interval TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the The second transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the first TTI set determined by the network device, where the second transmission mode is corresponding to the second TTI set determined by the network device a transmission mode, where the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different;
根据所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合 信息, 以及第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息, 在所述第一 TTI集合和 所述第二 TTI集合的 TTI内, 采用相应的传输模式传输信号。 可选的, 所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式为上行传输模式, 或者 所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式为下行传输模式。  And at least one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, in the first TTI set and the second TTI set Within the TTI, the signal is transmitted using the corresponding transmission mode. Optionally, the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes.
可选的, 所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合之间的交集为 0。 可选的,所述第一 TTI集合为对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰高 于预设值的 TTI集合, 所述第二 TTI集合为对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE 的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合, 确定的所述第一传输模式的可靠性高于 所述第二传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式的传输效率高于所述第一传输 模式;  Optionally, the intersection between the first TTI set and the second TTI set is 0. Optionally, the first set of TTIs is a TTI set that is higher than a preset value for a UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling, where the second set of TTIs is configured to receive the semi-static configuration signaling. The interference of the UE is lower than the preset TTI set, the determined reliability of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is higher than the first a transmission mode;
或者, 所述第一 TTI集合为用于发送第一数据量的 TTI集合, 所述第二 集合为用于发送第二数据量的 TTI集合,所述第一数据量大于或等于门限值, 所述第二数据量小于所述门限值, 确定的所述第一传输模式的传输效率高于 所述第二传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式的可靠性高于所述第一传输模 式。 可选的, 所述对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI 集合为发送功率高于所述网络设备的网络设备发送下行信号的 TTI集合, 所 述对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为发送 功率高于所述网络设备的网络设备未发送下行信号的 TTI集合; 确定的所述 第一传输模式为传输方式为单层的闭环空间复用的传输模式, 确定的所述第 二传输模式为传输方式为最高达 8层的传输的传输模式; 或者,所述对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集 合为网络设备之间交互回程信息的 TTI集合, 所述对接收所述半静态配置信 令的 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间未交互回程信息的 TTI 集合; 确定的所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单层传输或大延迟循环延 迟分集 CDD的传输模式, 或者为传输方式不支持协作多点发送 /接收 CoMP的 传输模式, 或者为传输方式为单天线端口的传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输 模式为传输方式为大于 1 层的空间复用的传输模式, 或者为传输方式支持 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为空间复用的传输模式。 可选的, Or the first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs for transmitting a first amount of data, and the second set is a set of TTIs for sending a second amount of data, where the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold value, The second data amount is less than the threshold, and the determined transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined reliability of the second transmission mode is higher than the first Transfer mode. Optionally, the TTI set that is higher than the preset value for the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is a TTI set that sends a downlink signal that is higher than the network device of the network device. The TTI set that is lower than the preset value for the UE that receives the semi-static configuration signaling is a TTI set whose transmission power is higher than that of the network device of the network device, and the downlink signal is not sent; The transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing, and the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a transmission of up to 8 layers; or the pair receives the semi-static configuration. The TTI set of the signaling UE is higher than the preset TTI set as the TTI set of the inter-network backhaul information, and the interference of the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is lower than the preset TTI. The set is a TTI set that does not exchange backhaul information between network devices; the determined first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is single layer transmission or large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD, or the transmission mode does not support coordinated multipoint transmission. / receiving the transmission mode of the CoMP, or the transmission mode of the single antenna port, the determined second transmission mode is a spatially multiplexed transmission with a transmission mode greater than 1 layer Type, or a CoMP transmission mode supporting transmission of a transmission mode or a transmission mode for the spatial multiplexing. Optional,
所述至少一个 TTI集合的信息包括周期性的 TTI集合的信息, 所述周期 性的 TTI集合的信息包括所述周期性的 TTI的集合的周期以及所述周期性的 TTI的集合中 TTI的偏移量。 可选的, 当所述半静态配置信令携带所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI 集合信息中的一个 TTI集合信息时, 所述方法还包括: 根据所述半静态配置信令携带的所述一个 TTI集合信息, 确定所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的另一个 TTI集合信息。 可选的, 接收网络设备发送的半静态配置信令之后, 还包括: 接收所述网络设备发送的激活信令;  The information of the at least one TTI set includes information of a periodic set of TTIs, where the information of the periodic set of TTIs includes a period of the set of periodic TTIs and a bias of the TTIs in the set of periodic TTIs. Transfer amount. Optionally, when the semi-static configuration signaling carries one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, the method further includes: carrying, according to the semi-static configuration signaling And determining, by the one TTI set information, another TTI set information in the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information. Optionally, after receiving the semi-static configuration signaling sent by the network device, the method further includes: receiving an activation signaling sent by the network device;
根据所述信令, 在所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合的 TTI内, 采 用相应的传输模式传输信号。  And transmitting, according to the signaling, a signal in a corresponding transmission mode in the TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set.
可选的, 还包括: 在所述第一 TTI集合中, 采用第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的初 次传输; 接收所述网络设备发送的采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数据 的重新传输的第一指示; 根据接收的所述第一指示, 采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数 据的重新传输; Optionally, the method further includes: in the first TTI set, performing initial transmission of data by using a transmission mode in a first transmission mode; and receiving, by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode, the network device sends Data a first indication of the retransmission; according to the received first indication, performing retransmission of data by using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode;
或者, 还包括:  Or, it also includes:
在所述第二 TTI集合中, 采用第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的初 次传输;  In the second TTI set, the initial transmission of data is performed by using a transmission mode in the second transmission mode;
接收所述网络设备发送的采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数据 的重新传输的第二指示; 根据接收的所述第二指示, 采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数 据的重新传输。  Receiving, by the network device, a second indication for performing retransmission of data by using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode; and performing data according to the transmission mode in the second transmission mode according to the received second indication Retransmission.
可选的, 所述半静态配置信令中还携带有所述第三 TTI集合信息和所述 第四 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第三传输模式信息 和所述第四传输模式信息; 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式为上行传输模 式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式为下行传输模式, 或者, 所述第一传 输模式和第二传输模式为下行传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式 为上行传输模式;  Optionally, the semi-static configuration signaling further includes at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information and the The fourth transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode. In the downlink transmission mode, the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes;
所述第三传输模式为所述网络设备确定的所述第三 TTI集合对应的传输 模式, 所述第四传输模式为所述网络设备确定的所述第四 TTI集合对应的传 输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第第四传输模式不同。  The third transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set determined by the network device, and the fourth transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set determined by the network device, The third transmission mode is different from the fourth transmission mode.
可选的,  Optional,
所述第三 TTI集合、 第四 TTI集合和所述第一 TTI集合、 第二 TTI集合 部分重叠。  The third TTI set, the fourth TTI set, and the first TTI set and the second TTI set partially overlap.
可选的, 根据所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息, 在所述第一 TTI 集合和所述第二 TTI集合的 TTI内, 采用相应的传输模式传输信号, 包括: 根据所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合 信息确定用来传输信号的 TTI所属的 TTI集合; 若所述用来传输信号的 TTI属于所述第一 TTI集合, 则在所述用来传输 信号的 TTI上采用所述第一传输模式传输信号; 若所述用来传输信号的 TTI 属于所述第二 TTI集合, 则在所述用来传输信号的 TTI上采用所述第二传输 模式传输信号。 通过以上的实施方式的描述, 所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到本 发明可以用硬件实现, 或固件实现, 或它们的组合方式来实现。 当使用软件 实现时, 可以将上述功能存储在计算机可读介质中或作为计算机可读介质上 的一个或多个指令或代码进行传输。 计算机可读介质包括计算机存储介质和 通信介质, 其中通信介质包括便于从一个地方向另一个地方传送计算机程序 的任何介质。 存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。 以此为例但 不限于: 计算机可读介质可以包括 RAM、 ROM, EEPR0M、 CD-ROM或其他光盘存 储、 磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、 或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令 或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质。 此 外。 任何连接可以适当的成为计算机可读介质。 例如, 如果软件是使用同轴 电缆、 光纤光缆、 双绞线、 数字用户线 (DSL)或者诸如红外线、 无线电和微 波之类的无线技术从网站、 服务器或者其他远程源传输的, 那么同轴电缆、 光纤光缆、 双绞线、 DSL 或者诸如红外线、 无线和微波之类的无线技术包括 在所属介质的定影中。 如本发明所使用的, 盘 (Disk) 和碟 (disc ) 包括压 缩光碟 (CD)、 激光碟、 光碟、 数字通用光碟 (DVD)、 软盘和蓝光光碟, 其中 盘通常磁性的复制数据, 而碟则用激光来光学的复制数据。 上面的组合也应 当包括在计算机可读介质的保护范围之内。 最后应说明的是: 以上各实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案, 而非对 其限制; 尽管参照前述各实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明, 本领域的普通 技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改, 或者对其中部分或者全部技术特征进行等同替换; 而这些修改或者替换, 并 不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本发明各实施例技术方案的范围。 Optionally, according to the at least one TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, in the first TTI set and the first Transmitting a signal by using a corresponding transmission mode in the TTI of the two TTI sets, including: determining, according to the at least one TTI set information of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, a TTI set to which the TTI used to transmit the signal belongs; If the TTI used to transmit the signal belongs to the first TTI set, the first transmission mode is used to transmit the signal on the TTI used to transmit the signal; if the TTI used to transmit the signal belongs to the The second TTI set transmits the signal in the second transmission mode on the TTI used to transmit the signal. Through the description of the above embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the present invention can be implemented in hardware, firmware implementation, or a combination thereof. When implemented in software, the functions described above may be stored in or transmitted as one or more instructions or code on a computer readable medium. Computer readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one location to another. A storage medium may be any available media that can be accessed by a computer. By way of example and not limitation, the computer readable medium can comprise RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, disk storage media or other magnetic storage device, or can be used to carry or store an instruction or data structure. The desired program code and any other medium that can be accessed by the computer. Also. Any connection may suitably be a computer readable medium. For example, if the software is transmitted from a website, server, or other remote source using coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave, then the coaxial cable , fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL, or wireless technologies such as infrared, wireless, and microwaves are included in the fixing of the associated media. As used in the present invention, a disk and a disc include a compact disc (CD), a laser disc, a disc, a digital versatile disc (DVD), a floppy disk, and a Blu-ray disc, wherein the disc is usually magnetically copied, and the disc is The laser is used to optically replicate the data. Combinations of the above should also be included within the scope of the computer readable media. Finally, it should be noted that the above embodiments are only for explaining the technical solutions of the present invention, and are not intended to be limiting thereof; although the present invention has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those skilled in the art will understand that The technical solutions described in the foregoing embodiments may be modified, or some or all of the technical features may be equivalently replaced; and the modifications or substitutions do not deviate from the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention. range.

Claims

权利 要 求 Rights request
1、 一种配置无线通信系统信号传输方式的方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 确定第一传输时间间隔 TTI集合对应的第一传输模式和第二 TTI集合对 应的第二传输模式, 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式不同; 1. A method for configuring a signal transmission mode of a wireless communication system, characterized in that it includes: determining a first transmission mode corresponding to a first transmission time interval TTI set and a second transmission mode corresponding to a second TTI set, the first The transmission mode is different from the second transmission mode;
通过半静态配置信令向用户设备 UE发送所述第一 TTI集合信息和所述第 二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第一传输模式信息和 所述第二传输模式信息。 Send at least one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information to the user equipment UE through semi-static configuration signaling. .
2、 根据权利要求 1所述方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一传输模式和所述第 二传输模式为上行传输模式, 或者所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式为 下行传输模式。 2. The method according to claim 1, characterized in that, the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes. .
3、 根据权利要求 1或 2所述方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一 TTI集合和所 述第二 TTI集合之间的交集为 0。 3. The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the intersection between the first TTI set and the second TTI set is 0.
4、 根据权利要求 1-3任一项所述方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一 TTI集合为对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合,所述第二 TTI集合为对所述 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合, 确定的所述第一传 输模式的可靠性高于所述第二传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式的传输效 率高于所述第一传输模式; 4. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that, the first TTI set is a TTI set whose interference to the UE is higher than a preset value, and the second TTI set is a set of TTIs that interfere with the UE. The interference of the UE is lower than the TTI set of the preset value, the determined reliability of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is higher than the First transmission mode;
或者 or
所述第一 TTI集合为用于发送第一数据量的 TTI集合, 所述第二集合为 用于发送第二数据量的 TTI集合, 所述第一数据量大于或等于门限值, 所述 第二数据量小于所述门限值, 确定的所述第一传输模式的传输效率高于所述 第二传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式的可靠性高于所述第一传输模式。 The first TTI set is a TTI set used to send a first amount of data, the second set is a TTI set used to send a second data amount, the first data amount is greater than or equal to a threshold value, the The second data amount is less than the threshold value, the determined transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined reliability of the second transmission mode is higher than the first transmission mode .
5、 根据权利要求 4所述方法, 其特征在于, 所述对所述 UE的干扰高于 预设值的 TTI集合为发送功率高于第一网络设备的第二网络设备发送下行信 号的 TTI集合,所述对所述 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为所述第二 网络设备未发送下行信号的 TTI集合,所述第一网络设备为向所述 UE发送所 述半静态配置信令的网络设备; 确定的所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单层 的闭环空间复用的传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式为传输方式为最高达 5. The method according to claim 4, characterized in that, the TTI set whose interference to the UE is higher than a preset value is a TTI set in which a second network device with a transmission power higher than that of the first network device sends a downlink signal. , the TTI set whose interference to the UE is lower than the preset value is a TTI set in which the second network device does not send a downlink signal, and the first network device sends the semi-static signal to the UE. Configure signaling network equipment; The determined first transmission mode is a single-layer transmission mode. The transmission mode of closed-loop spatial multiplexing, the second transmission mode determined to be the transmission mode up to
8层的传输的传输模式; 或者,所述对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间交互 回程信息或用户设备之间进行设备间直接通信 D2D的 TTI集合, 所述对所述 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间未交互回程信息或未进 行 D2D的 TTI集合; 确定的所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单层传输或大延 迟循环延迟分集 CDD的传输模式,或者为传输方式不支持协作多点发送 /接收 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为单天线端口的传输模式, 确定的所述第 二传输模式为传输方式为大于 1层的空间复用的传输模式, 或者为传输方式 支持 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为空间复用的传输模式。 The transmission mode of layer 8 transmission; or, the TTI set whose interference to the UE is higher than the preset value is the TTI set for exchanging backhaul information between network devices or for inter-device direct communication D2D between user equipments, so The TTI set whose interference to the UE is lower than the preset value is a TTI set in which backhaul information is not exchanged between network devices or D2D is not performed; the determined first transmission mode is single-layer transmission or The transmission mode is large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD, or the transmission mode does not support coordinated multi-point transmit/receive CoMP, or the transmission mode is a single antenna port transmission mode, and the determined second transmission mode is the transmission mode It is a transmission mode with spatial multiplexing of more than 1 layer, or a transmission mode that supports CoMP, or a transmission mode with spatial multiplexing.
6、 根据权利要求 1-5任一项所述方法, 其特征在于, 所述至少一个 TTI 集合的信息包括周期性的 TTI集合的信息, 所述周期性的 TTI集合的信息包 括所述周期性的 TTI的集合的周期以及所述周期性的 TTI的集合中 TTI的偏 移量。 6. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that, the information of the at least one TTI set includes information of a periodic TTI set, and the information of the periodic TTI set includes the periodic The period of the set of TTIs and the offset of the TTIs in the set of periodic TTIs.
7、 根据权利要求 1-6任一项所述方法, 其特征在于, 通过半静态配置信 令向用户设备 UE发送所述第一 TTI集合信息和所述第二 TTI集合信息中的至 少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第一传输模式信息和所述第二传输模式信息 之后, 还包括: 7. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that: sending at least one TTI of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information to the user equipment UE through semi-static configuration signaling. After the set information, the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, it also includes:
向所述 UE发送激活信令, 以使所述 UE在接收到所述激活信令后, 根据 所述至少一个 TTI集合的信息, 以及所述第一传输模式信息和所述第二传输 模式信息, 在所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合的 TTI内, 采用相应的 传输模式传输信号。 Send activation signaling to the UE, so that after receiving the activation signaling, the UE can, based on the information of the at least one TTI set, the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information , within the TTIs of the first TTI set and the second TTI set, signals are transmitted using corresponding transmission modes.
8、 根据权利要求 1-7任一项所述方法, 其特征在于, 还包括: 接收所述 UE在所述第一 TTI集合中采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式 初次传输的数据并进行解码; 8. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, further comprising: receiving data initially transmitted by the UE in the first TTI set using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode and decode;
在解码失败的情况下, 向所述 UE发送采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方 式进行数据的重新传输的第一指示; In the case of decoding failure, sending a first instruction to the UE to retransmit data using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode;
接收所述 UE 根据所述第一指示采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式重 新传输的数据并进行解码; 或者, 还包括: Receive the UE using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode to retry according to the first indication. Newly transmitted data and decoded; alternatively, also includes:
接收所述 UE在所述第二 TTI集合中采用第二传输模式下的传输方式初次 传输的数据并进行解码; 在解码失败的情况下, 向所述 UE发送采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方 式进行数据的重新传输的第二指示; Receive the data transmitted for the first time by the UE using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode in the second TTI set and decode it; If the decoding fails, send the data using the second transmission mode to the UE. A second instruction for retransmission of data in the transmission mode;
接收所述 UE 根据所述第二指示采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式重 新传输的数据并进行解码。 Receive and decode the data retransmitted by the UE according to the second instruction using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode.
9、 根据权利要求 1-8任一项所述方法, 其特征在于, 还包括: 确定第三 TTI集合对应的第三传输模式和第四 TTI集合对应的第四传输模式, 所述第 三传输模式和第四传输模式不同; 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式为上行 传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式为下行传输模式, 或者, 所述 第一传输模式和第二传输模式为下行传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传 输模式为上行传输模式; 9. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, further comprising: determining a third transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set and a fourth transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set, the third transmission mode The mode and the fourth transmission mode are different; the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or, the first transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are The second transmission mode is a downlink transmission mode, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes;
通过所述半静态配置信令向用户设备 UE发送所述第三 TTI集合信息和所 述第四 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第三传输模式信 息和所述第四传输模式信息, 还包括: 通过所述半静态配置信令向所述 UE发 送所述第三 TTI集合信息和所述第四 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信 息, 以及所述第三传输模式信息和所述第四传输模式信息。 Send at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information to the user equipment UE through the semi-static configuration signaling, and the third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission Mode information, further comprising: sending at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information to the UE through the semi-static configuration signaling, and the third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission mode information.
10、 根据权利要求 9所述方法, 其特征在于, 所述第三 TT集合、第四 TTI集合和所述第一 TTI集合、第二 TTI集合部 分重叠。 10. The method according to claim 9, characterized in that the third TT set and the fourth TTI set partially overlap with the first TTI set and the second TTI set.
11、 一种配置无线通信系统信号传输方式的方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 接收网络设备发送的半静态配置信令, 所述半静态配置信令携带有第一 传输时间间隔 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息, 所述第一传输模式为所述网络 设备确定的所述第一 TTI集合对应的传输模式, 所述第二传输模式为所述网 络设备确定的所述第二 TTI集合对应的传输模式, 所述第一传输模式和第二 传输模式不同; 11. A method for configuring a signal transmission mode of a wireless communication system, characterized by comprising: receiving semi-static configuration signaling sent by a network device, where the semi-static configuration signaling carries the first transmission time interval TTI set information and the third At least one TTI set information among the two TTI set information, as well as first transmission mode information and second transmission mode information, where the first transmission mode is the transmission mode corresponding to the first TTI set determined by the network device, so The second transmission mode is a transmission mode corresponding to the second TTI set determined by the network device, and the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are Different transmission modes;
根据所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合 信息, 以及第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息, 在所述第一 TTI集合和 所述第二 TTI集合的 TTI内, 采用相应的传输模式传输信号。 According to at least one TTI set information among the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, between the first TTI set and the second TTI set Within TTI, the corresponding transmission mode is used to transmit signals.
12、 根据权利要求 11所述方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一传输模式和所述 第二传输模式为上行传输模式, 或者所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式 为下行传输模式。 12. The method according to claim 11, characterized in that: the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes. .
13、 根据权利要求 11或 12所述方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一 TTI集合 和所述第二 TTI集合之间的交集为 0。 13. The method according to claim 11 or 12, characterized in that the intersection between the first TTI set and the second TTI set is 0.
14、 根据权利要求 11-13任一项所述方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一 TTI 集合为对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合,所述 第二 TTI集合为对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE 的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI 集合, 确定的所述第一传输模式的可靠性高于所述第二传输模式, 确定 的所述第二传输模式的传输效率高于所述第一传输模式; 14. The method according to any one of claims 11 to 13, characterized in that, the first TTI set is a TTI set whose interference to the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is higher than a preset value, and the The second TTI set is a set of TTIs whose interference to the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is lower than the preset value, and the determined reliability of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, determined The transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is higher than that of the first transmission mode;
或者, 所述第一 TTI集合为用于发送第一数据量的 TTI集合, 所述第二 集合为用于发送第二数据量的 TTI集合,所述第一数据量大于或等于门限值, 所述第二数据量小于所述门限值, 确定的所述第一传输模式的传输效率高于 所述第二传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式的可靠性高于所述第一传输模 式。 Alternatively, the first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs used to send a first amount of data, the second set is a set of TTIs used to send a second amount of data, and the first set of data is greater than or equal to a threshold value, The second data amount is less than the threshold value, the determined transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined reliability of the second transmission mode is higher than the first transmission mode.
15、 根据权利要求 14所述方法, 其特征在于, 所述对接收所述半静态配 置信令的 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为发送功率高于所述网络设备的网 络设备发送下行信号的 TTI集合,所述对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干 扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为发送功率高于所述网络设备的网络设备未发 送下行信号的 TTI集合; 确定的所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单层的闭环 空间复用的传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式为传输方式为最高达 8层的 传输的传输模式; 或者,所述对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集 合为网络设备之间交互回程信息的 TTI集合, 所述对接收所述半静态配置信 令的 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间未交互回程信息的 TTI 集合; 确定的所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单层传输或大延迟循环延 迟分集 CDD的传输模式, 或者为传输方式不支持协作多点发送 /接收 CoMP的 传输模式, 或者为传输方式为单天线端口的传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输 模式为传输方式为大于 1 层的空间复用的传输模式, 或者为传输方式支持 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为空间复用的传输模式。 15. The method according to claim 14, characterized in that, the TTI set whose interference to the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is higher than a preset value is sent by a network device with a transmission power higher than that of the network device. A set of TTIs for downlink signals. The set of TTIs whose interference to the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is lower than the preset value is a set of TTIs in which a network device with a transmission power higher than that of the network device does not send a downlink signal. ; The determined first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing, and the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is up to 8-layer transmission; or, The TTI set whose interference to the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is higher than the preset value is the TTI set for exchanging backhaul information between network devices, and the interference to the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is lower than The TTI set of preset values is a set of network devices that do not exchange backhaul information. TTI set; The determined first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is single-layer transmission or large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode does not support Coordinated Multipoint Send/Receive CoMP, or a transmission mode is a transmission mode of a single antenna port, and the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing of greater than 1 layer, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode supports CoMP, or a transmission mode in which spatial multiplexing is used transmission mode.
16、 根据权利要求 11-15任一项所述方法, 其特征在于, 所述至少一个 TTI集合的信息包括周期性的 TTI集合的信息, 所述周期 性的 TTI集合的信息包括所述周期性的 TTI的集合的周期以及所述周期性的 TTI的集合中 TTI的偏移量。 16. The method according to any one of claims 11 to 15, characterized in that, the information of the at least one TTI set includes information of a periodic TTI set, and the information of the periodic TTI set includes the periodicity The period of the set of TTIs and the offset of the TTIs in the set of periodic TTIs.
17、 根据权利要求 11-16任一项所述方法, 其特征在于, 当所述半静态 配置信令携带所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的一个 TTI集合 信息时, 所述方法还包括: 17. The method according to any one of claims 11 to 16, characterized in that when the semi-static configuration signaling carries one TTI set information among the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, the The above methods also include:
根据所述半静态配置信令携带的所述一个 TTI集合信息, 确定所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的另一个 TTI集合信息。 According to the one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling, the other TTI set information among the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information is determined.
18、 根据权利要求 11-17任一项所述方法, 其特征在于, 接收网络设备 发送的半静态配置信令之后, 还包括: 接收所述网络设备发送的激活信令; 18. The method according to any one of claims 11 to 17, characterized in that, after receiving the semi-static configuration signaling sent by the network device, it further includes: receiving activation signaling sent by the network device;
根据所述信令, 在所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合的 TTI内, 采 用相应的传输模式传输信号。 According to the signaling, within the TTIs of the first TTI set and the second TTI set, signals are transmitted using corresponding transmission modes.
19、 根据权利要求 11-18任一项所述方法, 其特征在于, 还包括: 在所述第一 TTI集合中, 采用第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的初 次传输; 接收所述网络设备发送的采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数据 的重新传输的第一指示; 根据接收的所述第一指示, 采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数 据的重新传输; 或者, 还包括: 在所述第二 TTI集合中, 采用第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的初 次传输; 19. The method according to any one of claims 11 to 18, further comprising: in the first TTI set, using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode for initial transmission of data; receiving the network A first instruction sent by the device to retransmit data using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode; according to the received first instruction, using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode to retransmit the data; Or, also include: In the second TTI set, the transmission method in the second transmission mode is used for the initial transmission of data;
接收所述网络设备发送的采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数据 的重新传输的第二指示; 根据接收的所述第二指示, 采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数 据的重新传输。 Receive a second instruction sent by the network device to retransmit the data using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode; according to the received second instruction, use the transmission mode in the second transmission mode to retransmit the data. retransmission.
20、 根据权利要求 11-19任一项所述方法, 其特征在于, 所述半静态配 置信令中还携带有所述第三 TTI集合信息和所述第四 TTI集合信息中的至少 一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第三传输模式信息和所述第四传输模式信息; 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式为上行传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第 四传输模式为下行传输模式, 或者, 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式为下 行传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式为上行传输模式; 20. The method according to any one of claims 11 to 19, characterized in that the semi-static configuration signaling also carries at least one TTI among the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information. Set information, as well as the third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission mode information; the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission mode, or, the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes;
所述第三传输模式为所述网络设备确定的所述第三 TTI集合对应的传输 模式, 所述第四传输模式为所述网络设备确定的所述第四 TTI集合对应的传 输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第第四传输模式不同。 The third transmission mode is the transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set determined by the network device, the fourth transmission mode is the transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set determined by the network device, The third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are different.
21、 根据权利要求 20所述方法, 其特征在于, 21. The method according to claim 20, characterized in that,
所述第三 TTI集合、 第四 TTI集合和所述第一 TTI集合、 第二 TTI集合 部分重叠。 The third TTI set and the fourth TTI set partially overlap with the first TTI set and the second TTI set.
22、 根据权利要求 11-21任一项所述方法, 其特征在于, 根据所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及第一传 输模式信息和第二传输模式信息, 在所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合 的 TTI内, 采用相应的传输模式传输信号, 包括: 根据所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合 信息确定用来传输信号的 TTI所属的 TTI集合; 22. The method according to any one of claims 11 to 21, characterized in that, according to at least one TTI set information among the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the second TTI set information, Transmission mode information, using corresponding transmission modes to transmit signals within the TTIs of the first TTI set and the second TTI set, including: according to at least one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information The TTI set information determines the TTI set to which the TTI used to transmit signals belongs;
若所述用来传输信号的 TTI属于所述第一 TTI集合, 则在所述用来传输 信号的 TTI上采用所述第一传输模式传输信号; 若所述用来传输信号的 TTI 属于所述第二 TTI集合, 则在所述用来传输信号的 TTI上采用所述第二传输 模式传输信号。 If the TTI used to transmit signals belongs to the first TTI set, then the first transmission mode is used to transmit signals on the TTI used to transmit signals; if the TTI used to transmit signals belongs to the In the second set of TTIs, the second transmission mode is used to transmit signals on the TTIs used to transmit signals.
23、 一种配置无线通信系统信号传输方式的网络设备, 其特征在于, 包 括: 传输模式确定单元, 用于确定第一传输时间间隔 TTI集合对应的第一传 输模式和第二 TTI集合对应的第二传输模式, 所述第一传输模式和第二传输 模式不同; 23. A network device configured with a signal transmission mode of a wireless communication system, characterized in that it includes: a transmission mode determination unit, configured to determine the first transmission mode corresponding to the first transmission time interval TTI set and the third transmission mode corresponding to the second TTI set. Two transmission modes, the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different;
信令发送单元, 用于通过半静态配置信令向用户设备 UE 发送所述第一 TTI集合信息和所述第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所 述第一传输模式信息和所述第二传输模式信息。 A signaling sending unit configured to send at least one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information to the user equipment UE through semi-static configuration signaling, as well as the first transmission mode information and The second transmission mode information.
24、 根据权利要求 23所述网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述传输模式确定单 元确定的所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式为上行传输模式, 或者所述 第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式为下行传输模式。 24. The network device according to claim 23, characterized in that: the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode determined by the transmission mode determination unit are uplink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the The second transmission mode is a downlink transmission mode.
25、 根据权利要求 23或 24所述网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述传输模式 确定单元的处理对象中, 所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合之间的交集 为 0。 25. The network device according to claim 23 or 24, characterized in that, among the processing objects of the transmission mode determination unit, the intersection between the first TTI set and the second TTI set is 0.
26、 根据权利要求 23-25任一项所述网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述传输 模式确定单元的处理对象中, 26. The network device according to any one of claims 23 to 25, characterized in that, among the processing objects of the transmission mode determination unit,
所述第一 TTI集合为对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合,所述第二 TTI集合为对所述 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合; 所述传输模式确定 单元确定的所述第一传输模式的可靠性高于所述第二传输模式, 确定的所述 第二传输模式的传输效率高于所述第一传输模式; The first TTI set is a set of TTIs whose interference to the UE is higher than a preset value, and the second TTI set is a set of TTIs whose interference to the UE is lower than the preset value; the transmission mode The reliability of the first transmission mode determined by the determining unit is higher than that of the second transmission mode, and the determined transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is higher than that of the first transmission mode;
或者, 所述第一 TTI集合为用于发送第一数据量的 TTI集合, 所述第二 集合为用于发送第二数据量的 TTI集合,所述第一数据量大于或等于门限值, 所述第二数据量小于所述门限值, 所述传输模式确定单元确定的所述第一传 输模式的传输效率高于所述第二传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式的可靠 性高于所述第一传输模式。 Alternatively, the first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs used to send a first amount of data, the second set is a set of TTIs used to send a second amount of data, and the first set of data is greater than or equal to a threshold value, The second data amount is less than the threshold value, the transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode determined by the transmission mode determination unit is higher than the second transmission mode, and the determined reliability of the second transmission mode higher than the first transmission mode.
27、 根据权利要求 23-26任一项所述网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述传输 模式确定单元的处理对象中, 27. The network device according to any one of claims 23 to 26, characterized in that, among the processing objects of the transmission mode determination unit,
所述对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为发送功率高于第一网络设 备的第二网络设备发送下行信号的 TTI集合,所述对所述 UE的干扰低于所述 预设值的 TTI集合为所述第二网络设备未发送下行信号的 TTI集合, 所述第 一网络设备为向所述 UE发送所述半静态配置信令的网络设备;所述传输模式 确定单元确定的所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单层的闭环空间复用的传输 模式,确定的所述第二传输模式为传输方式为最高达 8层的传输的传输模式; 或者,所述对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间交互 回程信息或用户设备之间进行设备间直接通信 D2D的 TTI集合, 所述对所述 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间未交互回程信息或未进 行 D2D的 TTI集合; 所述传输模式确定单元确定的所述第一传输模式为传输 方式为单层传输或大延迟循环延迟分集 CDD的传输模式, 或者为传输方式不 支持协作多点发送 /接收 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为单天线端口的 传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式为传输方式为大于 1层的空间复用的传 输模式, 或者为传输方式支持 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为空间复用 的传输模式。 The TTI set whose interference to the UE is higher than a preset value means that the transmission power of the first network device is higher than that of the first network device. The set of TTIs in which the second network device of the equipment sends downlink signals, and the set of TTIs whose interference to the UE is lower than the preset value is the set of TTIs in which the second network device does not send downlink signals, and the first The network device is a network device that sends the semi-static configuration signaling to the UE; the first transmission mode determined by the transmission mode determination unit is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing, and the determined The second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is up to 8-layer transmission; or, the TTI set that causes interference to the UE higher than a preset value is the exchange of backhaul information between network devices or user equipment. The TTI set for direct D2D communication between devices, the TTI set whose interference to the UE is lower than the preset value is the TTI set for which backhaul information is not exchanged between network devices or D2D is not performed; the transmission mode The first transmission mode determined by the determining unit is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is single-layer transmission or large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode does not support coordinated multipoint transmission/reception CoMP, or a transmission mode in which The transmission mode of a single antenna port, the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing greater than 1 layer, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode supports CoMP, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing model.
28、 根据权利要求 23-27任一项所述网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述信令 发送单元通过半静态配置信令发送的所述至少一个 TTI集合的信息包括周期 性的 TTI集合的信息, 所述周期性的 TTI集合的信息包括所述周期性的 TTI 的集合的周期以及所述周期性的 TTI的集合中 TTI的偏移量。 28. The network device according to any one of claims 23 to 27, characterized in that, the information of the at least one TTI set sent by the signaling sending unit through semi-static configuration signaling includes information of periodic TTI sets. , the information of the periodic TTI set includes the period of the periodic TTI set and the offset of the TTI in the periodic TTI set.
29、 根据权利要求 23-28任一项所述网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述网络 设备还包括: 激活单元, 用于在所述信令发送单元通过半静态配置信令向用户设备 UE 发送所述第一 TTI集合信息和所述第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合 信息, 以及所述第一传输模式信息和所述第二传输模式信息之后, 向所述 UE 发送激活信令, 以使所述 UE 在接收到所述激活信令后, 根据所述至少一个 TTI 集合的信息, 以及所述第一传输模式信息和所述第二传输模式信息, 在 所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合的 TTI内, 采用相应的传输模式传输 信号。 29. The network device according to any one of claims 23 to 28, characterized in that the network device further includes: an activation unit, configured to send semi-static configuration signaling to the user equipment UE in the signaling sending unit. After at least one TTI set information among the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, sending activation signaling to the UE, So that after the UE receives the activation signaling, according to the information of the at least one TTI set, as well as the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, between the first TTI set and the second transmission mode information, Within the TTIs of the second TTI set, signals are transmitted using corresponding transmission modes.
30、 根据权利要求 23-29任一项所述网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述网络 设备还包括: 第一数据接收单元,用于接收所述 UE在所述第一 TTI集合中采用所述第 一传输模式下的传输方式初次传输的数据并进行解码; 30. The network device according to any one of claims 23 to 29, characterized in that, the network device further includes: A first data receiving unit configured to receive and decode data initially transmitted by the UE using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode in the first TTI set;
第一指示单元, 用于在解码失败的情况下, 向所述 UE发送采用所述第一 传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的重新传输的第一指示; A first instruction unit, configured to send a first instruction to the UE to retransmit data using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode in the event of decoding failure;
所述第一数据单元,还用于接收所述 UE根据所述第一指示单元发送的所 述第一指示, 采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式重新传输的数据并进行解 码; 或者, 所述网络设备还包括: 第二数据接收单元,用于接收所述 UE在所述第二 TTI集合中采用第二传 输模式下的传输方式初次传输的数据并进行解码; 第二指示单元, 用于在解码失败的情况下, 向所述 UE发送采用所述第二 传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的重新传输的第二指示; The first data unit is also configured to receive and decode data retransmitted by the UE using the transmission method in the first transmission mode according to the first instruction sent by the first instruction unit; or, The network device further includes: a second data receiving unit, configured to receive and decode the data initially transmitted by the UE using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode in the second TTI set; a second indication unit, In the case of decoding failure, sending a second instruction to the UE for retransmission of data using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode;
所述第二数据单元,还用于接收所述 UE根据所述第二指示单元发送的所 述第二指示, 采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式重新传输的数据并进行解 码。 The second data unit is also configured to receive and decode data retransmitted by the UE using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode according to the second instruction sent by the second instruction unit.
31、 根据权利要求 23-30任一项所述网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述传输 模式确定单元还用于确定第三 TTI集合对应的第三传输模式和第四 TTI集合 对应的第四传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式不同; 所述第一传 输模式和第二传输模式为上行传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式 为下行传输模式, 或者, 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式为下行传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式为上行传输模式; 所述信令发送单元还用于通过所述半静态配置信令向用户设备 UE 发送 所述第三 TTI集合信息和所述第四 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第三传输模式信息和所述第四传输模式信息, 还包括: 通过所述半 静态配置信令向所述 UE发送所述第三 TTI集合信息和所述第四 TTI集合信息 中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第三传输模式信息和所述第四传输模 式信息。 31. The network device according to any one of claims 23 to 30, characterized in that the transmission mode determination unit is further configured to determine the third transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set and the fourth transmission corresponding to the fourth TTI set. mode, the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are different; the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or, the The first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes; the signaling sending unit is also configured to send the semi-static configuration signaling to the user. The device UE sends at least one TTI set information among the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission mode information, further comprising: through the half Static configuration signaling sends at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information, and the third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission mode information to the UE.
32、 根据权利要求 31所述网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述传输模式确定单 元的处理对象中, 所述第三 ττ集合、 第四 TTI集合和所述第一 TTI集合、 第 二 TTI集合部分重叠。 32. The network device according to claim 31, characterized in that: the transmission mode determination unit Among the processing objects of the unit, the third ττ set and the fourth TTI set partially overlap with the first TTI set and the second TTI set.
33、 一种配置无线通信系统信号传输方式的用户设备, 其特征在于, 包 括: 配置信令接收单元, 用于接收网络设备发送的半静态配置信令, 所述半 静态配置信令携带有第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI 集合信息, 以及第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息, 所述第一传输模式 为所述网络设备确定的所述第一 TTI集合对应的传输模式, 所述第二传输模 式为所述网络设备确定的所述第二 TTI集合对应的传输模式, 所述第一传输 模式和第二传输模式不同; 传输单元, 用于根据所述配置信令接收单元接收的半静态配置信令中携 带的所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息, 在所述第一 TTI集合和所述第 二 TTI集合的 TTI内, 采用相应的传输模式传输信号。 33. A user equipment that configures a signal transmission mode of a wireless communication system, characterized by comprising: a configuration signaling receiving unit, configured to receive semi-static configuration signaling sent by a network device, where the semi-static configuration signaling carries a At least one TTI set information among a TTI set information and a second TTI set information, and first transmission mode information and second transmission mode information, where the first transmission mode is the first TTI set determined by the network device The corresponding transmission mode, the second transmission mode is the transmission mode corresponding to the second TTI set determined by the network device, the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different; a transmission unit, used to perform the transmission according to the at least one of the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit, as well as the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, in Within the TTIs of the first TTI set and the second TTI set, signals are transmitted using corresponding transmission modes.
34、 根据权利要求 33所述用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述配置信令接收单 元接收的所述半静态配置信令携带的所述第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式 信息对应的所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式为上行传输模式, 或者所 述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式为下行传输模式。 34. The user equipment according to claim 33, characterized in that, the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit corresponds to the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information. The first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes.
35、 根据权利要求 33或 34所述用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述配置信令 接收单元接收的半静态配置信令携带的所述至少一个 TTI集合信息中, 第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合之间的交集为 0。 35. The user equipment according to claim 33 or 34, characterized in that, among the at least one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit, the first TTI set and the third TTI set are The intersection between the two TTI sets is 0.
36、 根据权利要求 33-35任一项所述用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述配置 信令接收单元接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至少一个 TTI 集合信息 中,所述第一 TTI集合为对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰高于预设值 的 TTI集合,所述第二 TTI集合为对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰低 于所述预设值的 TTI集合, 所述配置信令接收单元接收的半静态配置信令中 携带的所述第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息中, 所述第一传输模式的 可靠性高于所述第二传输模式, 所述第二传输模式的传输效率高于所述第一 传输模式; 或者, 所述配置信令接收单元接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至少 一个 TTI集合信息中,所述第一 TTI集合为用于发送第一数据量的 TTI集合, 所述第二集合为用于发送第二数据量的 TTI集合, 所述第一数据量大于或等 于门限值, 所述第二数据量小于所述门限值, 所述配置信令接收单元接收的 半静态配置信令中携带的所述第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息中, 所 述第一传输模式的传输效率高于所述第二传输模式, 所述第二传输模式的可 靠性高于所述第一传输模式。 36. The user equipment according to any one of claims 33 to 35, characterized in that, among the at least one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit, the first The TTI set is a set of TTIs whose interference to UEs receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is higher than a preset value. The second TTI set is a set of TTIs whose interference to UEs receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is lower than the preset value. A set of set TTI values, among the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit, the reliability of the first transmission mode is higher than the The second transmission mode, the transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is higher than that of the first transmission mode; Or, in the at least one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit, the first TTI set is a TTI set used to send the first amount of data, and the second The set is a TTI set for sending a second amount of data, the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold value, the second amount of data is less than the threshold value, the semi-static configuration signaling receiving unit receives Among the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in the configuration signaling, the transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode is higher than that of the second transmission mode, and the reliability of the second transmission mode is higher than The first transmission mode.
37、 根据权利要求 36所述用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述配置信令接收单 元接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至少一个 TTI集合信息中, 所述对接 收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为发送功率高于所 述网络设备的网络设备发送下行信号的 TTI集合, 所述对接收所述半静态配 置信令的 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为发送功率高于所述网络设备 的网络设备未发送下行信号的 TTI集合; 所述配置信令接收单元接收的半静 态配置信令中携带的所述第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息中, 所述第 一传输模式为传输方式为单层的闭环空间复用的传输模式, 所述第二传输模 式为传输方式为最高达 8层的传输的传输模式; 或者, 所述配置信令接收单元接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至少 一个 TTI集合信息中,所述对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰高于预设 值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间交互回程信息的 TTI集合, 所述对接收所述半 静态配置信令的 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间未交互 回程信息的 TTI集合; 所述配置信令接收单元接收的半静态配置信令中携带 的所述第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息中, 所述第一传输模式为传输 方式为单层传输或大延迟循环延迟分集 CDD的传输模式, 或者为传输方式不 支持协作多点发送 /接收 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为单天线端口的 传输模式,所述第二传输模式为传输方式为大于 1层的空间复用的传输模式, 或者为传输方式支持 CoMP的传输模式,或者为传输方式为空间复用的传输模 式。 37. The user equipment according to claim 36, characterized in that, among the at least one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit, the pair receives the semi-static configuration. The TTI set in which the signaling UE's interference is higher than the preset value is the TTI set in which the network device transmits downlink signals with a transmission power higher than that of the network device, and the interference to the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is lower than The TTI set of the preset value is a TTI set in which a network device with a transmission power higher than that of the network device does not send a downlink signal; the first transmission carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit Among the mode information and the second transmission mode information, the first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing, and the second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is up to 8-layer transmission. ; Or, in the at least one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit, the interference to the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is higher than a preset value. The TTI set is a TTI set in which backhaul information is exchanged between network devices. The TTI set whose interference to the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is lower than the preset value is a TTI set in which backhaul information is not exchanged between network devices. Set; Among the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit, the first transmission mode is single-layer transmission or large delay. The transmission mode of cyclic delay diversity CDD is either a transmission mode that does not support coordinated multi-point transmit/receive CoMP, or a transmission mode of a single antenna port, and the second transmission mode is a transmission mode of greater than 1 layer The transmission mode is a spatial multiplexing transmission mode, or the transmission mode supports CoMP, or the transmission mode is a spatial multiplexing transmission mode.
38、 根据权利要求 33-37任一项所述用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述配置 信令接收单元接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至少一个 TTI集合的信息 包括周期性的 TTI集合的信息, 所述周期性的 TTI集合的信息包括所述周期 性的 TTI的集合的周期以及所述周期性的 ΤΤΙ的集合中 ΤΤΙ的偏移量。 38. The user equipment according to any one of claims 33 to 37, characterized in that, the information of the at least one TTI set carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit includes periodic TTIs. The information of the set, the information of the periodic TTI set includes the period The period of the set of periodic TTIs and the offset of TTIs in the set of periodic TTIs.
39、 根据权利要求 33-38任一项所述用户设备, 其特征在于, 当所述配 置信令接收单元接收的半静态配置信令携带所述第一 ΤΤΙ 集合信息和第二 ΤΤΙ集合信息中的一个 ΤΤΙ集合信息时, 所述传输单元还用于根据所述半静 态配置信令携带的所述两个 ΤΤΙ集合中的一个 ΤΤΙ集合的信息,确定第一 ΤΤΙ 集合信息和第二 ΤΤΙ集合信息中的另一个 ΤΤΙ集合信息。 39. The user equipment according to any one of claims 33 to 38, characterized in that, when the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit carries the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, When one TTI set information is obtained, the transmission unit is further configured to determine the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information based on the information of one TTI set among the two TTI sets carried by the semi-static configuration signaling. Another TTΤΙ collection of information.
40、 根据权利要求 33-39任一项所述用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述用户 设备还包括: 激活信令接收单元, 用于在所述配置信令接收单元接收网络设备发送的 半静态配置信令之后, 接收所述网络设备发送的激活信令; 所述传输单元, 用于根据所述激活信令接收单元接收的所述激活信令, 在所述第一 ΤΤΙ集合和所述第二 ΤΤΙ集合的 ΤΤΙ内, 采用相应的传输模式传 输信号。 40. The user equipment according to any one of claims 33 to 39, characterized in that the user equipment further includes: an activation signaling receiving unit, configured to receive the semi-static signal sent by the network device in the configuration signaling receiving unit. After configuring the signaling, receive the activation signaling sent by the network device; the transmission unit is configured to, according to the activation signaling received by the activation signaling receiving unit, between the first TTI set and the first TTI set Within the TTI of the two TTI sets, the corresponding transmission mode is used to transmit the signal.
41、 根据权利要求 33-40任一项所述用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述传输 单元还用于: 在所述第一 ΤΤΙ集合中, 采用第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的初 次传输; 接收所述网络设备发送的采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数据 的重新传输的第一指示; 根据接收的所述第一指示, 采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数 据的重新传输; 或者, 所述传输单元还用于: 41. The user equipment according to any one of claims 33 to 40, characterized in that the transmission unit is further configured to: in the first TTI set, use the transmission method in the first transmission mode to perform the initial transmission of data. Transmit; receive a first instruction sent by the network device to retransmit data using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode; use the transmission mode in the first transmission mode according to the received first instruction. Retransmit data; Alternatively, the transmission unit is also used to:
在所述第二 ΤΤΙ集合中, 采用第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的初 次传输; 接收所述网络设备发送的采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数据 的重新传输的第二指示; 根据接收的所述第二指示, 采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数 据的重新传输。 In the second TTI set, the transmission mode in the second transmission mode is used for the initial transmission of data; and the second transmission mode of the data in the second transmission mode is sent by the network device and the second transmission mode is used to retransmit the data. Instruction; According to the received second instruction, use the transmission method in the second transmission mode to perform data processing. retransmission of data.
42、 根据权利要求 33-41任一项所述用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述配置 信令接收单元接收的半静态配置信令还携带有所述第三 TTI集合信息和所述 第四 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第三传输模式信息 和所述第四传输模式信息; 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式为上行传输模 式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式为下行传输模式, 或者, 所述第一传 输模式和第二传输模式为下行传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式 为上行传输模式; 所述第三传输模式为所述网络设备确定的所述第三 TTI集合对应的传输 模式, 所述第四传输模式为所述网络设备确定的所述第四 TTI集合对应的传 输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第第四传输模式不同。 42. The user equipment according to any one of claims 33 to 41, characterized in that, the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit also carries the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI At least one TTI set information in the set information, and the third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission mode information; the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, the third transmission mode and The fourth transmission mode is a downlink transmission mode, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes; the third transmission mode is The transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set determined by the network device, the fourth transmission mode is the transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set determined by the network device, the third transmission mode and the third transmission mode Four transmission modes are different.
43、 根据权利要求 42所述用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述配置信令接收单 元接收的半静态配置信令携带的所述第三 TTI集合信息和所述第四 TTI集合 信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息中, 所述第三 TTI集合、 第四 TTI集合和所 述第一 TTI集合、 第二 TTI集合部分重叠。 43. The user equipment according to claim 42, characterized in that, the semi-static configuration signaling received by the configuration signaling receiving unit carries at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information. In the TTI set information, the third TTI set and the fourth TTI set partially overlap with the first TTI set and the second TTI set.
44、 根据权利要求 33-43任一项所述用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述传输 单元具体用于: 44. The user equipment according to any one of claims 33-43, characterized in that the transmission unit is specifically used for:
根据所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合 信息确定用来传输信号的 TTI所属的 TTI集合; 若所述用来传输信号的 TTI属于所述第一 TTI集合, 则在所述用来传输 信号的 TTI上采用所述第一传输模式传输信号; 若所述用来传输信号的 TTI 属于所述第二 TTI集合, 则在所述用来传输信号的 TTI上采用所述第二传输 模式传输信号。 Determine the TTI set to which the TTI used to transmit signals belongs based on at least one TTI set information among the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information; if the TTI used to transmit signals belongs to the first TTI set, Then use the first transmission mode to transmit signals on the TTI used to transmit signals; if the TTI used to transmit signals belongs to the second TTI set, then use the TTI used to transmit signals The second transmission mode transmits signals.
45、 一种网络设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 处理器, 用于确定第一传输时间间隔 TTI集合对应的第一传输模式和第 二 TTI集合对应的第二传输模式, 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式不同; 发射器,用于通过半静态配置信令向用户设备 UE发送所述处理器确定的 所述第一 TTI集合信息和所述第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第一传输模式信息和所述第二传输模式信息。 45. A network device, characterized in that it includes: a processor, configured to determine a first transmission mode corresponding to a first transmission time interval TTI set and a second transmission mode corresponding to a second TTI set, the first transmission mode Different from the second transmission mode; a transmitter, configured to send at least one TTI set among the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information determined by the processor to the user equipment UE through semi-static configuration signaling. information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information.
46、 根据权利要求 45所述网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述处理器确定的所 述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式为上行传输模式, 或者所述第一传输模 式和所述第二传输模式为下行传输模式。 46. The network device according to claim 45, characterized in that: the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode determined by the processor are uplink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are The second transmission mode is the downlink transmission mode.
47、 根据权利要求 45或 46所述网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述处理器的 处理对象中, 所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合之间的交集为 0。 47. The network device according to claim 45 or 46, characterized in that, among the processing objects of the processor, the intersection between the first TTI set and the second TTI set is 0.
48、 根据权利要求 45-47任一项所述网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述处理 器的处理对象中, 48. The network device according to any one of claims 45 to 47, characterized in that, among the processing objects of the processor,
所述第一 TTI集合为对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合,所述第二 TTI集合为对所述 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合; 所述处理器确定的 所述第一传输模式的可靠性高于所述第二传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模 式的传输效率高于所述第一传输模式; The first TTI set is a set of TTIs whose interference to the UE is higher than a preset value, and the second TTI set is a set of TTIs whose interference to the UE is lower than the preset value; the processor The determined reliability of the first transmission mode is higher than that of the second transmission mode, and the determined transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is higher than that of the first transmission mode;
或者, 所述第一 TTI集合为用于发送第一数据量的 TTI集合, 所述第二 集合为用于发送第二数据量的 TTI集合,所述第一数据量大于或等于门限值, 所述第二数据量小于所述门限值, 所述处理器确定的所述第一传输模式的传 输效率高于所述第二传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式的可靠性高于所述 第一传输模式。 Alternatively, the first set of TTIs is a set of TTIs used to send a first amount of data, the second set is a set of TTIs used to send a second amount of data, and the first set of data is greater than or equal to a threshold value, The second data amount is less than the threshold value, the transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode determined by the processor is higher than the second transmission mode, and the reliability of the second transmission mode determined is higher than The first transmission mode.
49、 根据权利要求 45-48任一项所述网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述处理 器的处理对象中, 49. The network device according to any one of claims 45 to 48, characterized in that, among the processing objects of the processor,
所述对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为发送功率高于第一网络设 备的第二网络设备发送下行信号的 TTI集合,所述对所述 UE的干扰低于所述 预设值的 TTI集合为所述第二网络设备未发送下行信号的 TTI集合, 所述第 一网络设备为向所述 UE发送所述半静态配置信令的网络设备;所述处理器确 定的所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单层的闭环空间复用的传输模式, 确定 的所述第二传输模式为传输方式为最高达 8层的传输的传输模式; The TTI set whose interference to the UE is higher than a preset value is a TTI set in which a second network device with a transmission power higher than that of the first network device sends a downlink signal, and the interference to the UE is lower than the preset value. The set TTI set is a TTI set in which the second network device does not send a downlink signal, and the first network device is a network device that sends the semi-static configuration signaling to the UE; The first transmission mode is a transmission mode with a single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing, and the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode with a transmission mode of up to 8 layers;
或者,所述对所述 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间交互 回程信息或用户设备之间进行设备间直接通信 D2D的 TTI集合, 所述对所述 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间未交互回程信息或未进 行 D2D的 TTI集合; 所述处理器确定的所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单层 传输或大延迟循环延迟分集 CDD的传输模式, 或者为传输方式不支持协作多 点发送 /接收 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为单天线端口的传输模式, 确定的所述第二传输模式为传输方式为大于 1层的空间复用的传输模式, 或 者为传输方式支持 CoMP 的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为空间复用的传输模 式。 Alternatively, the TTI set whose interference to the UE is higher than a preset value is a TTI set for exchanging backhaul information between network devices or performing inter-device direct communication D2D between user equipments, and the interference to the UE is low. The TTI set at the default value means that there is no exchange of backhaul information or no progress between network devices. The TTI set of row D2D; the first transmission mode determined by the processor is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is single-layer transmission or large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode does not support CoMP. The transmission mode, or the transmission mode is a transmission mode of a single antenna port, the determined second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing of greater than 1 layer, or the transmission mode supports CoMP, or The transmission mode is spatial multiplexing transmission mode.
50、 根据权利要求 45-49任一项所述网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述发射 器通过半静态配置信令发送的所述至少一个 TTI 集合的信息包括周期性的 TTI集合的信息, 所述周期性的 TTI集合的信息包括所述周期性的 TTI的集 合的周期以及所述周期性的 TTI的集合中 TTI的偏移量。 50. The network device according to any one of claims 45 to 49, wherein the information of the at least one TTI set sent by the transmitter through semi-static configuration signaling includes information of periodic TTI sets, so The information about the periodic TTI set includes the period of the periodic TTI set and the offset of the TTI in the periodic TTI set.
51、 根据权利要求 45-50任一项所述网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述发射 器还用于在通过半静态配置信令向用户设备 UE发送所述第一 TTI集合信息和 所述第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第一传输模式 信息和所述第二传输模式信息之后, 向所述 UE发送激活信令, 以使所述 UE 在接收到所述激活信令后, 根据所述至少一个 TTI集合的信息, 以及所述第 一传输模式信息和所述第二传输模式信息, 在所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合的 TTI内, 采用相应的传输模式传输信号。 51. The network device according to any one of claims 45 to 50, wherein the transmitter is further configured to send the first TTI set information and the third TTI set information to the user equipment UE through semi-static configuration signaling. After at least one TTI set information among the two TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, send activation signaling to the UE, so that the UE receives the activation After signaling, according to the information of the at least one TTI set, as well as the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, within the TTIs of the first TTI set and the second TTI set, adopt The corresponding transmission mode transmits the signal.
52、 根据权利要求 45-51任一项所述网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述网络 设备还包括: 52. The network device according to any one of claims 45-51, characterized in that the network device further includes:
第一接收器,用于接收所述 UE在所述第一 TTI集合中采用所述第一传输 模式下的传输方式初次传输的数据; A first receiver configured to receive data transmitted for the first time by the UE using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode in the first TTI set;
所述处理器,还用于对所述第一接收器接收的所述 UE初次传输的数据进 行解码; 所述发射器, 还用于在所述处理器解码失败的情况下, 向所述 UE发送采 用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的重新传输的第一指示; The processor is further configured to decode the data initially transmitted by the UE received by the first receiver; the transmitter is further configured to send a message to the UE if decoding by the processor fails. Send a first instruction to retransmit data using the transmission method in the first transmission mode;
所述第一接收器,还用于接收所述 UE根据所述发射器发送的所述第一指 示, 采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式重新传输的数据; The first receiver is further configured to receive data retransmitted by the UE using the transmission method in the first transmission mode according to the first instruction sent by the transmitter;
所述处理器,还用于对所述第一接收器接收的所述 UE重新传输的数据进 行解码; 或者, 所述网络设备还包括: 第二接收器,用于接收所述 UE在所述第二 TTI集合中采用第二传输模式 下的传输方式初次传输的数据; 所述处理器,还用于对所述第二接收器接收的所述 UE初次传输的数据进 行解码; 所述发射器, 还用于在所述处理器解码失败的情况下, 向所述 UE发送采 用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的重新传输的第二指示; 所述第二接收器,还用于接收所述 UE根据所述发射器发送的所述第二指 示, 采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式重新传输的数据; 所述处理器,还用于对所述第二接收器接收的所述 UE重新传输的数据进 行解码。 The processor is also configured to process the data retransmitted by the UE received by the first receiver. row decoding; Alternatively, the network device further includes: a second receiver, configured to receive data initially transmitted by the UE using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode in the second TTI set; the processor, The transmitter is further configured to decode the data initially transmitted by the UE received by the second receiver; and the transmitter is further configured to send the first data to the UE if the processor fails to decode. A second instruction for retransmission of data using a transmission mode in the second transmission mode; The second receiver is further configured to receive the second instruction sent by the UE according to the transmitter, using the second transmission The data retransmitted by the transmission mode in the mode; the processor is also configured to decode the data retransmitted by the UE received by the second receiver.
53、 根据权利要求 45-52任一项所述网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述处理 器还用于确定第三 TTI集合对应的第三传输模式和第四 TTI集合对应的第四 传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式不同; 所述第一传输模式和第 二传输模式为上行传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式为下行传输 模式, 或者, 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式为下行传输模式, 所述第三 传输模式和第四传输模式为上行传输模式; 53. The network device according to any one of claims 45 to 52, wherein the processor is further configured to determine the third transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set and the fourth transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set, The third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are different; the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or, the third transmission mode The first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, and the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes;
所述发射器还用于通过所述半静态配置信令向用户设备 UE 发送所述第 三 TTI集合信息和所述第四 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及 所述第三传输模式信息和所述第四传输模式信息, 还包括: 通过所述半静态 配置信令向所述 UE发送所述第三 TTI集合信息和所述第四 TTI集合信息中的 至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第三传输模式信息和所述第四传输模式信 息。 The transmitter is further configured to send at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information to the user equipment UE through the semi-static configuration signaling, and the third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission mode information, further comprising: sending at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information to the UE through the semi-static configuration signaling, and The third transmission mode information and the fourth transmission mode information.
54、 根据权利要求 53所述网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述处理器的处理对 象中, 所述第三 TT集合、 第四 TTI集合和所述第一 TTI集合、 第二 TTI集合 部分重叠。 54. The network device according to claim 53, wherein among the processing objects of the processor, the third TT set, the fourth TTI set and the first TTI set and the second TTI set partially overlap.
55、 一种用户设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 接收器, 用于接收网络设备发送的半静态配置信令, 所述半静态配置信 令携带有第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息, 所述第一传输模式为所述网络 设备确定的所述第一 TTI集合对应的传输模式, 所述第二传输模式为所述网 络设备确定的所述第二 TTI集合对应的传输模式, 所述第一传输模式和第二 传输模式不同; 55. A user equipment, characterized by: including: A receiver configured to receive semi-static configuration signaling sent by the network device, where the semi-static configuration signaling carries at least one TTI set information among the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information. and second transmission mode information, where the first transmission mode is the transmission mode corresponding to the first TTI set determined by the network device, and the second transmission mode is the second TTI set determined by the network device Corresponding transmission mode, the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are different;
处理器, 用于根据所述接收器接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述第一 Processor, configured to perform the first configuration according to the first information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver.
TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及第一传 输模式信息和第二传输模式信息, 在所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合 的 TTI内, 发出采用相应的传输模式传输信号的指示; 所述接收器, 还用于根据所述处理器的指示采用相应的传输模式接收信 号; At least one TTI set information among the TTI set information and the second TTI set information, and the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information, within the TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set, the adoption is issued Instructions for transmitting signals in the corresponding transmission mode; The receiver is also configured to receive signals in the corresponding transmission mode according to instructions from the processor;
发射器, 用于根据所述处理器的指示采用相应的传输模式发送信号。 A transmitter, configured to send signals in a corresponding transmission mode according to instructions from the processor.
56、 根据权利要求 55所述用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述接收器接收的所 述半静态配置信令携带的所述第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息对应的 所述第一传输模式和所述第二传输模式为上行传输模式, 或者所述第一传输 模式和所述第二传输模式为下行传输模式。 56. The user equipment according to claim 55, characterized in that, the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver are mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, or the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are downlink transmission modes.
57、 根据权利要求 55或 56所述用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述接收器接 收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至少一个 TTI集合信息中, 第一 TTI集合 和所述第二 TTI集合之间的交集为 0。 57. The user equipment according to claim 55 or 56, characterized in that, among the at least one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver, the first TTI set and the second TTI set are The intersection between sets is 0.
58、 根据权利要求 55-57任一项所述用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述接收 器接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至少一个 TTI集合信息中, 所述第一 TTI集合为对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合, 所述第二 TTI集合为对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰低于所述预设值 的 TTI集合, 所述接收器接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述第一传输模式 信息和第二传输模式信息中, 所述第一传输模式的可靠性高于所述第二传输 模式, 所述第二传输模式的传输效率高于所述第一传输模式; 或者, 所述接收器接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至少一个 TTI集 合信息中, 所述第一 TTI集合为用于发送第一数据量的 TTI集合, 所述第二 集合为用于发送第二数据量的 TTI集合,所述第一数据量大于或等于门限值, 所述第二数据量小于所述门限值, 所述接收器接收的半静态配置信令中携带 的所述第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息中, 所述第一传输模式的传输 效率高于所述第二传输模式, 所述第二传输模式的可靠性高于所述第一传输 模式。 58. The user equipment according to any one of claims 55 to 57, characterized in that, among the at least one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver, the first TTI set is The second TTI set is a set of TTIs whose interference to UEs receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is higher than a preset value, and the second TTI set is a set of TTIs whose interference to UEs receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is lower than the preset value. TTI set, among the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver, the reliability of the first transmission mode is higher than the second transmission mode, The transmission efficiency of the second transmission mode is higher than that of the first transmission mode; or, among the at least one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver, the first TTI set is A set of TTIs used to send the first amount of data, the second The set is a TTI set for sending a second amount of data, the first amount of data is greater than or equal to a threshold value, the second amount of data is less than the threshold value, the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver Among the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in , the transmission efficiency of the first transmission mode is higher than that of the second transmission mode, and the reliability of the second transmission mode is higher than that of the third transmission mode. A transmission mode.
59、 根据权利要求 58所述用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述接收器接收的半 静态配置信令中携带的所述至少一个 TTI集合信息中, 所述对接收所述半静 态配置信令的 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集合为发送功率高于所述网络设备 的网络设备发送下行信号的 TTI集合, 所述对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE 的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为发送功率高于所述网络设备的网络设备 未发送下行信号的 TTI集合; 所述接收器接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所 述第一传输模式信息和第二传输模式信息中, 所述第一传输模式为传输方式 为单层的闭环空间复用的传输模式, 所述第二传输模式为传输方式为最高达 8层的传输的传输模式; 或者, 所述接收器接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至少一个 TTI集 合信息中,所述对接收所述半静态配置信令的 UE的干扰高于预设值的 TTI集 合为网络设备之间交互回程信息的 TTI集合, 所述对接收所述半静态配置信 令的 UE的干扰低于所述预设值的 TTI集合为网络设备之间未交互回程信息的 TTI 集合; 所述接收器接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述第一传输模式信 息和第二传输模式信息中, 所述第一传输模式为传输方式为单层传输或大延 迟循环延迟分集 CDD的传输模式,或者为传输方式不支持协作多点发送 /接收 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为单天线端口的传输模式, 所述第二传输 模式为传输方式为大于 1 层的空间复用的传输模式, 或者为传输方式支持 CoMP的传输模式, 或者为传输方式为空间复用的传输模式。 59. The user equipment according to claim 58, characterized in that, among the at least one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver, the pair receiving the semi-static configuration signaling The TTI set in which the interference of the UE is higher than the preset value is the TTI set in which the network device transmits downlink signals with a transmission power higher than that of the network device, and the interference to the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is lower than the preset value. The set TTI set is a set of TTIs in which a network device with a transmission power higher than that of the network device does not send a downlink signal; the first transmission mode information and the second transmission carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver In the mode information, the first transmission mode is a transmission mode with a single-layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing, and the second transmission mode is a transmission mode with a transmission mode of up to 8 layers; or, the receiving Among the at least one TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the device, the TTI set whose interference to the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is higher than the preset value is the interactive backhaul between network devices. A TTI set of information, the TTI set whose interference to the UE receiving the semi-static configuration signaling is lower than the preset value is a TTI set in which backhaul information is not exchanged between network devices; the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver Among the first transmission mode information and the second transmission mode information carried in the static configuration signaling, the first transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is single-layer transmission or large delay cyclic delay diversity CDD, or a transmission mode. A transmission mode that does not support coordinated multi-point transmit/receive CoMP, or a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is a single antenna port, and the second transmission mode is a transmission mode in which the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing of greater than 1 layer, or a transmission mode The transmission mode supports CoMP, or the transmission mode is spatial multiplexing.
60、 根据权利要求 55-59任一项所述用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述接收 器接收的半静态配置信令中携带的所述至少一个 TTI集合的信息包括周期性 的 TTI集合的信息, 所述周期性的 TTI集合的信息包括所述周期性的 TTI的 集合的周期以及所述周期性的 TTI的集合中 TTI的偏移量。 60. The user equipment according to any one of claims 55 to 59, characterized in that, the information of the at least one TTI set carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver includes information of a periodic TTI set. , the information of the periodic TTI set includes the period of the periodic TTI set and the offset of the TTI in the periodic TTI set.
61、 根据权利要求 55-60任一项所述用户设备, 其特征在于, 当所述接 收器接收的半静态配置信令携带所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息 中的一个 TTI集合信息时, 所述处理器还用于根据所述半静态配置信令携带 的所述两个 TTI集合中的一个 TTI集合的信息, 确定第一 TTI集合信息和第 二 TTI集合信息中的另一个 TTI集合信息。 61. The user equipment according to any one of claims 55 to 60, characterized in that when the connection When the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver carries one TTI set information among the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information, the processor is further configured to perform the configuration according to the semi-static configuration signaling carried by the receiver. The information of one TTI set among the two TTI sets determines the first TTI set information and the other TTI set information of the second TTI set information.
62、 根据权利要求 55-61任一项所述用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述接收器还用于在接收网络设备发送的半静态配置信令之后, 接收所 述网络设备发送的激活信令; 所述处理器还用于根据所述接收器接收的所述激活信令, 指示所述接收 器和所述发射器在所述第一 TTI集合和所述第二 TTI集合的 TTI内, 采用相 应的传输模式传输信号。 62. The user equipment according to any one of claims 55 to 61, characterized in that, the receiver is further configured to receive activation signaling sent by the network device after receiving the semi-static configuration signaling sent by the network device. ; The processor is further configured to, according to the activation signaling received by the receiver, instruct the receiver and the transmitter to be within the TTI of the first TTI set and the second TTI set, using The corresponding transmission mode transmits the signal.
63、 根据权利要求 55-62任一项所述用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述接收器和发射器还用于在所述第一 TTI集合中, 采用第一传输模式 下的传输方式进行数据的初次传输; 所述接收器还用于接收所述网络设备发送的采用所述第一传输模式下的 传输方式进行数据的重新传输的第一指示; 所述处理器还用于根据所述接收器接收的所述第一指示, 指示所述接收 器和发射器采用所述第一传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的重新传输; 或者, 63. The user equipment according to any one of claims 55 to 62, characterized in that the receiver and transmitter are also configured to use the transmission method in the first transmission mode to transmit data in the first TTI set. the initial transmission; the receiver is also configured to receive a first instruction sent by the network device to retransmit the data using the transmission mode in the first transmission mode; the processor is also configured to receive the The first indication received by the receiver instructs the receiver and transmitter to retransmit data using the transmission method in the first transmission mode; or,
所述接收器和发射器还用于在所述第二 TTI集合中, 采用第二传输模式 下的传输方式进行数据的初次传输; 所述接收器还用于接收所述网络设备发送的采用所述第二传输模式下的 传输方式进行数据的重新传输的第二指示; 所述处理器还用于根据所述接收器接收的所述第二指示, 指示所述接收 器和发射器采用所述第二传输模式下的传输方式进行数据的重新传输。 The receiver and transmitter are also configured to use the transmission mode in the second transmission mode for initial transmission of data in the second TTI set; the receiver is also configured to receive the data sent by the network device using the transmission mode. a second instruction for retransmitting data using the transmission mode in the second transmission mode; the processor is further configured to instruct the receiver and transmitter to use the second instruction according to the second instruction received by the receiver. The transmission method in the second transmission mode performs data retransmission.
64、 根据权利要求 55-63任一项所述用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述接收 器接收的半静态配置信令还携带有所述第三 TTI集合信息和所述第四 TTI集 合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合信息, 以及所述第三传输模式信息和所述第四 传输模式信息; 所述第一传输模式和第二传输模式为上行传输模式, 所述第 三传输模式和第四传输模式为下行传输模式, 或者, 所述第一传输模式和第 二传输模式为下行传输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第四传输模式为上行传输 模式; 64. The user equipment according to any one of claims 55 to 63, characterized in that the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver also carries the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information. at least one TTI set information, as well as the third transmission mode information and the fourth Transmission mode information; The first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are uplink transmission modes, the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are downlink transmission modes, or, the first transmission mode and the second transmission mode are Downlink transmission mode, the third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are uplink transmission modes;
所述第三传输模式为所述网络设备确定的所述第三 TTI集合对应的传输 模式, 所述第四传输模式为所述网络设备确定的所述第四 TTI集合对应的传 输模式, 所述第三传输模式和第第四传输模式不同。 The third transmission mode is the transmission mode corresponding to the third TTI set determined by the network device, the fourth transmission mode is the transmission mode corresponding to the fourth TTI set determined by the network device, The third transmission mode and the fourth transmission mode are different.
65、 根据权利要求 64所述用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述接收器接收的半 静态配置信令携带的所述第三 TTI集合信息和所述第四 TTI集合信息中的至 少一个 TTI集合信息中, 所述第三 TTI集合、 第四 TTI集合和所述第一 TTI 集合、 第二 TTI集合部分重叠。 65. The user equipment according to claim 64, characterized in that: at least one of the third TTI set information and the fourth TTI set information carried in the semi-static configuration signaling received by the receiver , the third TTI set and the fourth TTI set partially overlap with the first TTI set and the second TTI set.
66、 根据权利要求 55-65任一项所述用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述处理 器具体用于: 66. The user equipment according to any one of claims 55-65, characterized in that the processor is specifically used for:
根据所述第一 TTI集合信息和第二 TTI集合信息中的至少一个 TTI集合 信息确定用来传输信号的 TTI所属的 TTI集合; 若所述用来传输信号的 TTI属于所述第一 TTI集合, 则在所述用来传输 信号的 TTI上指示所述接收器和发射器采用所述第一传输模式传输信号; 若 所述用来传输信号的 TTI属于所述第二 TTI集合, 则在所述用来传输信号的 TTI上指示所述接收器和发射器采用所述第二传输模式传输信号。 Determine the TTI set to which the TTI used to transmit signals belongs based on at least one TTI set information among the first TTI set information and the second TTI set information; if the TTI used to transmit signals belongs to the first TTI set, Then instruct the receiver and transmitter to use the first transmission mode to transmit signals on the TTI used to transmit signals; if the TTI used to transmit signals belongs to the second TTI set, then in the The TTI used to transmit signals instructs the receiver and transmitter to use the second transmission mode to transmit signals.
67、 一种计算机程序产品, 其特征在于, 包括计算机可读介质, 所述可 读介质包括一组程序代码,用于执行如权利要求 1-22任一项所述的配置无线 通信系统信号传输方式的方法。 67. A computer program product, characterized in that it includes a computer-readable medium, and the readable medium includes a set of program codes for executing the configuration of the wireless communication system signal transmission according to any one of claims 1-22 way method.
PCT/CN2013/080705 2013-08-02 2013-08-02 Method and equipment for configuring signal transmission mode of wireless communication system WO2015013977A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2013/080705 WO2015013977A1 (en) 2013-08-02 2013-08-02 Method and equipment for configuring signal transmission mode of wireless communication system
CN201380002669.8A CN104521301B (en) 2013-08-02 2013-08-02 Configure the method and apparatus of wireless telecommunication system signal transmission mode

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2013/080705 WO2015013977A1 (en) 2013-08-02 2013-08-02 Method and equipment for configuring signal transmission mode of wireless communication system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015013977A1 true WO2015013977A1 (en) 2015-02-05

Family

ID=52430902

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2013/080705 WO2015013977A1 (en) 2013-08-02 2013-08-02 Method and equipment for configuring signal transmission mode of wireless communication system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN104521301B (en)
WO (1) WO2015013977A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106793102A (en) * 2016-05-31 2017-05-31 北京展讯高科通信技术有限公司 System configuration indicating means and device
CN108633028A (en) * 2017-03-24 2018-10-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of channel arrangement method and communication node
CN108702685A (en) * 2016-03-31 2018-10-23 华为技术有限公司 Transmission method, the network equipment, terminal device and the system of the information of transmission mode
US20190386769A1 (en) * 2018-06-13 2019-12-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Channel state information measurement and feedback for transmission mode switching
WO2020199033A1 (en) * 2019-03-29 2020-10-08 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and apparatus

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101946470A (en) * 2008-02-14 2011-01-12 英飞凌科技股份有限公司 Method of transmitting data and communication device
CN101998491A (en) * 2009-08-28 2011-03-30 华为技术有限公司 Service data transmission method, equipment and communication system
WO2012134140A2 (en) * 2011-03-29 2012-10-04 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for deciding resource-specific transmission mode in wireless communication system and apparatus for same
CN102740468A (en) * 2011-04-02 2012-10-17 华为技术有限公司 Method, base station equipment, terminal equipment, and communication system for allocating channel resources

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102983955B (en) * 2012-11-13 2015-08-19 电信科学技术研究院 A kind of dispatching method of small bandwidth service and device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101946470A (en) * 2008-02-14 2011-01-12 英飞凌科技股份有限公司 Method of transmitting data and communication device
CN101998491A (en) * 2009-08-28 2011-03-30 华为技术有限公司 Service data transmission method, equipment and communication system
WO2012134140A2 (en) * 2011-03-29 2012-10-04 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for deciding resource-specific transmission mode in wireless communication system and apparatus for same
CN102740468A (en) * 2011-04-02 2012-10-17 华为技术有限公司 Method, base station equipment, terminal equipment, and communication system for allocating channel resources

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108702685A (en) * 2016-03-31 2018-10-23 华为技术有限公司 Transmission method, the network equipment, terminal device and the system of the information of transmission mode
CN108702685B (en) * 2016-03-31 2020-10-09 华为技术有限公司 Transmission method, network equipment, terminal equipment and system for information of transmission mode
CN106793102A (en) * 2016-05-31 2017-05-31 北京展讯高科通信技术有限公司 System configuration indicating means and device
CN106793102B (en) * 2016-05-31 2020-02-11 北京展讯高科通信技术有限公司 System configuration indication method and device
CN108633028A (en) * 2017-03-24 2018-10-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of channel arrangement method and communication node
CN108633028B (en) * 2017-03-24 2023-08-11 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Channel configuration method and communication node
US20190386769A1 (en) * 2018-06-13 2019-12-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Channel state information measurement and feedback for transmission mode switching
US10911177B2 (en) * 2018-06-13 2021-02-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Channel state information measurement and feedback for transmission mode switching
WO2020199033A1 (en) * 2019-03-29 2020-10-08 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and apparatus

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN104521301A (en) 2015-04-15
CN104521301B (en) 2018-10-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6907252B2 (en) Uplink control information (UCI) transmission considering bundling
US11558873B2 (en) Method and apparatus for group scheduling for PDCCH overhead reduction
US20230208592A1 (en) Beam management and coverage enhancements for semi-persistent and configured grant transmissions
CN110999496B (en) Method and apparatus for setting downlink control channel reception time in wireless communication system
KR20210116518A (en) Link adaptation for coverage enhancement and support of different service types
JP5739063B2 (en) Channel state information feedback for carrier aggregation with flexible carrier configuration
US10333654B2 (en) Method for supporting HARQ in communication system using unlicensed frequency band and device having applied same
KR102402201B1 (en) Method and apparatus for identifying uplink transmission timing in wirelss communication system
JP2019525652A (en) Method and apparatus for uplink transmission in a wireless communication system
US20140161060A1 (en) Transmissions/receptions of uplink acknowledgement signals in wireless networks
US10484975B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmission and reception of multiple timing transmission schemes in wireless cellular communication system
CN114175805A (en) Monitoring of downlink control channels for multi-transmission-reception-point communications
US11197293B2 (en) Method for transmitting or receiving uplink control information in wireless communication system and device therefor
US9838161B2 (en) Bundling HARQ feedback in a time division duplexing communication system
CN115836584A (en) Method and apparatus for sidelink DRX operation in a wireless communication system
CN114930934A (en) Method for providing pre-indication of sidelink transmission and apparatus for performing the method
WO2015013977A1 (en) Method and equipment for configuring signal transmission mode of wireless communication system
WO2015062078A1 (en) Transmission method for uplink control information, base station and user equipment
US11943719B2 (en) Uplink power control in dual connectivity
KR20200118491A (en) Instruction method, network device and user equipment
JP2024063199A (en) Method and apparatus for uplink transmission
KR20230082678A (en) Method and apparatus for acknowledgment information with reduced redundancy
WO2015024248A1 (en) Information transmission method and device
US20220295392A1 (en) Cell selection for uplink transmission
EP4268398A1 (en) Enhanced sidelink hybrid automatic repeat request with integrated user equipment-to-user equipment relay

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13890821

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13890821

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1